xref: /minix3/external/bsd/llvm/dist/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h (revision 0a6a1f1d05b60e214de2f05a7310ddd1f0e590e7)
1  //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2  //
3  //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4  //
5  // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6  // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7  //
8  //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9  //
10  // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11  // builds ASTs.
12  //
13  //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14  
15  #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16  #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17  
18  #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19  #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20  #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21  #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22  #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23  #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24  #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25  #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26  #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27  #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28  #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29  #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30  #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31  #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32  #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33  #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34  #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35  #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36  #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37  #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38  #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39  #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40  #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41  #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42  #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43  #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44  #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45  #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46  #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47  #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48  #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49  #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50  #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
51  #include <deque>
52  #include <memory>
53  #include <string>
54  #include <vector>
55  
56  namespace llvm {
57    class APSInt;
58    template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59    template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
60    class SmallBitVector;
61    class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
62  }
63  
64  namespace clang {
65    class ADLResult;
66    class ASTConsumer;
67    class ASTContext;
68    class ASTMutationListener;
69    class ASTReader;
70    class ASTWriter;
71    class ArrayType;
72    class AttributeList;
73    class BlockDecl;
74    class CapturedDecl;
75    class CXXBasePath;
76    class CXXBasePaths;
77    class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78    typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79    class CXXConstructorDecl;
80    class CXXConversionDecl;
81    class CXXDestructorDecl;
82    class CXXFieldCollector;
83    class CXXMemberCallExpr;
84    class CXXMethodDecl;
85    class CXXScopeSpec;
86    class CXXTemporary;
87    class CXXTryStmt;
88    class CallExpr;
89    class ClassTemplateDecl;
90    class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91    class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
92    class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
93    class CodeCompleteConsumer;
94    class CodeCompletionAllocator;
95    class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
96    class CodeCompletionResult;
97    class Decl;
98    class DeclAccessPair;
99    class DeclContext;
100    class DeclRefExpr;
101    class DeclaratorDecl;
102    class DeducedTemplateArgument;
103    class DependentDiagnostic;
104    class DesignatedInitExpr;
105    class Designation;
106    class EnableIfAttr;
107    class EnumConstantDecl;
108    class Expr;
109    class ExtVectorType;
110    class ExternalSemaSource;
111    class FormatAttr;
112    class FriendDecl;
113    class FunctionDecl;
114    class FunctionProtoType;
115    class FunctionTemplateDecl;
116    class ImplicitConversionSequence;
117    class InitListExpr;
118    class InitializationKind;
119    class InitializationSequence;
120    class InitializedEntity;
121    class IntegerLiteral;
122    class LabelStmt;
123    class LambdaExpr;
124    class LangOptions;
125    class LocalInstantiationScope;
126    class LookupResult;
127    class MacroInfo;
128    typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
129    class ModuleLoader;
130    class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
131    class NamedDecl;
132    class ObjCCategoryDecl;
133    class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
134    class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
135    class ObjCContainerDecl;
136    class ObjCImplDecl;
137    class ObjCImplementationDecl;
138    class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
139    class ObjCIvarDecl;
140    template <class T> class ObjCList;
141    class ObjCMessageExpr;
142    class ObjCMethodDecl;
143    class ObjCPropertyDecl;
144    class ObjCProtocolDecl;
145    class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
146    class OMPClause;
147    class OverloadCandidateSet;
148    class OverloadExpr;
149    class ParenListExpr;
150    class ParmVarDecl;
151    class Preprocessor;
152    class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
153    class PseudoObjectExpr;
154    class QualType;
155    class StandardConversionSequence;
156    class Stmt;
157    class StringLiteral;
158    class SwitchStmt;
159    class TemplateArgument;
160    class TemplateArgumentList;
161    class TemplateArgumentLoc;
162    class TemplateDecl;
163    class TemplateParameterList;
164    class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
165    class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
166    class Token;
167    class TypeAliasDecl;
168    class TypedefDecl;
169    class TypedefNameDecl;
170    class TypeLoc;
171    class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
172    class UnqualifiedId;
173    class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
174    class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
175    class UnresolvedSetImpl;
176    class UnresolvedSetIterator;
177    class UsingDecl;
178    class UsingShadowDecl;
179    class ValueDecl;
180    class VarDecl;
181    class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
182    class VisibilityAttr;
183    class VisibleDeclConsumer;
184    class IndirectFieldDecl;
185    struct DeductionFailureInfo;
186    class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
187  
188  namespace sema {
189    class AccessedEntity;
190    class BlockScopeInfo;
191    class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
192    class CapturingScopeInfo;
193    class CompoundScopeInfo;
194    class DelayedDiagnostic;
195    class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
196    class FunctionScopeInfo;
197    class LambdaScopeInfo;
198    class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
199    class TemplateDeductionInfo;
200  }
201  
202  // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
203  // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
204  typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
205                    SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
206  
207  /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
208  class Sema {
209    Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
210    void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
211  
212    ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
213    ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
214  
215    ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
216    bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
217  
218    static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
219  
220    static bool
shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl * Old,const NamedDecl * New)221    shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
222      // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
223      // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
224      // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
225      // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
226      // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
227      // with internal linkage.
228      return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
229    }
230  
231  public:
232    typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
233    typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
234    typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
235  
236    OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
237    FPOptions FPFeatures;
238  
239    const LangOptions &LangOpts;
240    Preprocessor &PP;
241    ASTContext &Context;
242    ASTConsumer &Consumer;
243    DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
244    SourceManager &SourceMgr;
245  
246    /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
247    bool CollectStats;
248  
249    /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
250    CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
251  
252    /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
253    DeclContext *CurContext;
254  
255    /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
256    /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
257    DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
258  
259    /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
260    /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
261    DeclarationName VAListTagName;
262  
263    /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
264    /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
265    void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
266  
267    bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
268  
269    /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
270    LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
271        MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
272  
273    enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
274      PVDK_Push,          ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
275      PVDK_Set,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
276      PVDK_Pop,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
277      PVDK_Reset          ///< #pragma vtordisp()
278    };
279  
280    enum PragmaMsStackAction {
281      PSK_Reset,    // #pragma ()
282      PSK_Set,      // #pragma ("name")
283      PSK_Push,     // #pragma (push[, id])
284      PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
285      PSK_Pop,      // #pragma (pop[, id])
286      PSK_Pop_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
287    };
288  
289    /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
290    /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
291    ///
292    /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
293    /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
294    ///    structors
295    /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
296    ///    objects
297    ///
298    /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
299    SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
300  
301    /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
302    SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
303  
304    template<typename ValueType>
305    struct PragmaStack {
306      struct Slot {
307        llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
308        ValueType Value;
309        SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
SlotPragmaStack::Slot310        Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
311             ValueType Value,
312             SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
313          : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
314            PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
315      };
316      void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
317               PragmaMsStackAction Action,
318               llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
319               ValueType Value);
PragmaStackPragmaStack320      explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
321        : CurrentValue(Value) {}
322      SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
323      ValueType CurrentValue;
324      SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
325    };
326    // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
327    // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
328    PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
329    PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
330    PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
331    PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
332  
333    /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
334    StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
335    SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
336  
337    /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
338    void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
339  
340    /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
341    /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
342    /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
343    SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
344  
345    /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
346    ///
347    /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
348    /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
349    bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
350  
351    /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
352    /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
353    bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
354  
355    /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
356    /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
357    /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
358    SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
359  
360    /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
361    ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
362    ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
363    ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
364    ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
365    ///  full expression.
366    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
367  
368    /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
369    /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
370    ///
371    /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
372    /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
373    /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
374    SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
375  
376    typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
377                       &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
378      ExtVectorDeclsType;
379  
380    /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
381    /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
382    /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
383    ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
384  
385    /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
386    std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
387  
388    typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
389  
390    /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
391    NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
392  
393    /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
394    llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
395        UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
396  
397    typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
398  
399    /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
400    /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
401    /// same list more than once.
402    std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
403  
404    /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
405    /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
406    llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
407  
408    /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
409    /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
410    ///
411    /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
412    /// scopes, e.g.,
413    ///
414    /// \code
415    /// extern "C" void f() {
416    ///   void foo(int, int);
417    /// }
418    /// \endcode
419    ///
420    /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
421    /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
422    /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
423    ///
424    ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
425    ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
426    ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
427    ///     for compatibility.
428    ///
429    ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
430    ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
431    ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
432    ///     not visible.
433    llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
434  
435    /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
436    NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
437  
438    typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
439                       &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
440      TentativeDefinitionsType;
441  
442    /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
443    TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
444  
445    typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
446                       &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
447      UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
448  
449    /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
450    /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
451    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
452  
453    typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
454                       &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
455      DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
456  
457    /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
458    /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
459    DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
460  
461    /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
462    /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
463    /// function.
464    SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
465      DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
466  
467    /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
468    /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
469    /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
470    /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
471    /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
472    /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
473    /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
474    SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
475      DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
476  
477    typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
478    LateParsedTemplateMapT;
479    LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
480  
481    /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
482    typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
483    typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
484    LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
485    LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
486    void *OpaqueParser;
487  
SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB * LTP,LateTemplateParserCleanupCB * LTPCleanup,void * P)488    void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
489                               LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
490                               void *P) {
491      LateTemplateParser = LTP;
492      LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
493      OpaqueParser = P;
494    }
495  
496    class DelayedDiagnostics;
497  
498    class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
499      sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
500      friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
501    };
502    typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
503    typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
504  
505    /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
506    /// during parsing and other processing.
507    class DelayedDiagnostics {
508      /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
509      /// diagnostics should go.
510      sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
511  
512    public:
DelayedDiagnostics()513      DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
514  
515      /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
516      void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
517  
518      /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
shouldDelayDiagnostics()519      bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
520  
521      /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
getCurrentPool()522      sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
523        return CurPool;
524      }
525  
526      /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
527      /// collected in this pool.
push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)528      DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
529        DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
530        state.SavedPool = CurPool;
531        CurPool = &pool;
532        return state;
533      }
534  
535      /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
536      /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
537      /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)538      void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
539        CurPool = state.SavedPool;
540      }
541  
542      /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
543      /// not delayed.
pushUndelayed()544      DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
545        DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
546        state.SavedPool = CurPool;
547        CurPool = nullptr;
548        return state;
549      }
550  
551      /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)552      void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
553        assert(CurPool == nullptr);
554        CurPool = state.SavedPool;
555      }
556    } DelayedDiagnostics;
557  
558    /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
559    class ContextRAII {
560    private:
561      Sema &S;
562      DeclContext *SavedContext;
563      ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
564      QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
565  
566    public:
567      ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
S(S)568        : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
569          SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
570          SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
571      {
572        assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
573        S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
574        if (NewThisContext)
575          S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
576      }
577  
pop()578      void pop() {
579        if (!SavedContext) return;
580        S.CurContext = SavedContext;
581        S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
582        S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
583        SavedContext = nullptr;
584      }
585  
~ContextRAII()586      ~ContextRAII() {
587        pop();
588      }
589    };
590  
591    /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
592    /// a function body.
593    class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
594      Sema &S;
595      Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
596  
597    public:
SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema & S,DeclContext * DC)598      SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
599        : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
600      {
601        S.PushFunctionScope();
602        S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
603      }
604  
~SynthesizedFunctionScope()605      ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
606        S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
607        S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
608      }
609    };
610  
611    /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
612    /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
613    /// identifier, declared or undeclared
614    llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
615  
616    /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
617    /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
618    /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
619    /// in the currently selected standard.
620    llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
621  
622  
623    /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
624    void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
625  
626    /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
627    /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
628    /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
629    /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
630    /// It would be best to refactor this.
631    SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
632  
633    IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
634  
635    /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
636    /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
637    /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
638    Scope *TUScope;
639  
640    /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
641    LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
642  
643    /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
644    /// standard library.
645    LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
646  
647    /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
648    /// \<initializer_list>.
649    ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
650  
651    /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
652    RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
653  
654    /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
655    RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
656  
657    /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
658    std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
659  
660    /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
661    ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
662  
663    /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
664    QualType NSNumberPointer;
665  
666    /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
667    ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
668  
669    /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
670    ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
671  
672    /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
673    QualType NSStringPointer;
674  
675    /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
676    ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
677  
678    /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
679    ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
680  
681    /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
682    ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
683  
684    /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
685    ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
686  
687    /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
688    ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
689  
690    /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
691    QualType QIDNSCopying;
692  
693    /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
694    Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
695  
696    /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
697    unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
698  
699    /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
700    /// have been declared.
701    bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
702  
703    /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
704    /// references to fields.  This is really a
705    bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
706  
707    /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
708    /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
709    enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
710      /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
711      /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
712      /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
713      /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
714      /// run time.
715      Unevaluated,
716  
717      /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
718      /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
719      /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
720      UnevaluatedAbstract,
721  
722      /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
723      /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
724      /// cases in a switch statement).
725      ConstantEvaluated,
726  
727      /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
728      /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
729      /// expression at run time.
730      PotentiallyEvaluated,
731  
732      /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
733      /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
734      /// in fact the current expression is used.
735      ///
736      /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
737      /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
738      /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
739      /// until the default argument is used.
740      PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
741    };
742  
743    /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
744    /// expression evaluation contexts.
745    struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
746      /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
747      ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
748  
749      /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
750      bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
751  
752      /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
753      bool IsDecltype;
754  
755      /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
756      /// this expression evaluation context.
757      unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
758  
759      /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
760      /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
761      unsigned NumTypos;
762  
763      llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
764  
765      /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
766      /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
767      SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
768  
769      /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
770      /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
771      /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
772      Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
773  
774      /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
775      /// and block literals within this context.
776      ///
777      /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
778      /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
779      IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
780  
781      /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
782      /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
783      SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
784  
785      /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
786      /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
787      SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
788  
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecordExpressionEvaluationContextRecord789      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
790                                        unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
791                                        bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
792                                        Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
793                                        bool IsDecltype)
794        : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
795          IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
796          NumTypos(0),
797          ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
798  
799      /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
800      /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
801      MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
802  
isUnevaluatedExpressionEvaluationContextRecord803      bool isUnevaluated() const {
804        return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
805      }
806    };
807  
808    /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
809    SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
810  
811    /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
812    /// block literal.
813    ///
814    /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
815    /// block literal.
816    /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
817    /// associated with the context, if relevant.
818    MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
819      const DeclContext *DC,
820      Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
821  
822  
823    /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
824    /// function.
825    ///
826    /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
827    /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
828    class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
829    public:
830      enum Kind {
831        NoMemberOrDeleted,
832        Ambiguous,
833        Success
834      };
835  
836    private:
837      llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
838  
839    public:
SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID & ID)840      SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
841        : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
842      {}
843  
getMethod()844      CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
setMethod(CXXMethodDecl * MD)845      void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
846  
getKind()847      Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
setKind(Kind K)848      void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
849    };
850  
851    /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
852    /// for C++ records.
853    llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
854  
855    /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
856    ///
857    /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
858    /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
859    /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
860    /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
861    /// checks.
862    TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
863  
864    llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
865  
866    /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
867    unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
868  
869    typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
870      UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
871  
872    /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
873    /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
874    ///
875    /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
876    /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
877    /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
878    /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
879    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
880  
881    // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
882    // argument locations.
883    llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
884  
885    /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
886    /// definition in this translation unit.
887    llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
888  
889    /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
890    void getUndefinedButUsed(
891        SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
892  
893    typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
894    typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
895  
896    /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
897    /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
898    /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
899    /// of selectors are "overloaded").
900    /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
901    /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
902    GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
903  
904    /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
905    /// of -Wselector.
906    llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
907  
908    /// Kinds of C++ special members.
909    enum CXXSpecialMember {
910      CXXDefaultConstructor,
911      CXXCopyConstructor,
912      CXXMoveConstructor,
913      CXXCopyAssignment,
914      CXXMoveAssignment,
915      CXXDestructor,
916      CXXInvalid
917    };
918  
919    typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
920  
921    /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
922    /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
923    /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
924    llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
925  
926    void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
927  
928    /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
929    bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
930    bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
931  
932    /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
933    /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
934    /// should not be used elsewhere.
935    void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
936  
937    /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
938    /// statements.
939    class FPContractStateRAII {
940    public:
FPContractStateRAII(Sema & S)941      FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
942        : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
~FPContractStateRAII()943      ~FPContractStateRAII() {
944        S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
945      }
946    private:
947      Sema& S;
948      bool OldFPContractState : 1;
949    };
950  
951    void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
952  
953  public:
954    Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
955         TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
956         CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
957    ~Sema();
958  
959    /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
960    /// initialized but before it parses anything.
961    void Initialize();
962  
getLangOpts()963    const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
getOpenCLOptions()964    OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
getFPOptions()965    FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
966  
getDiagnostics()967    DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
getSourceManager()968    SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
getPreprocessor()969    Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
getASTContext()970    ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
getASTConsumer()971    ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
972    ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
getExternalSource()973    ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
974  
975    ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
976    /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
977    ///
978    ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
979    ///
980    void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
981  
982    void PrintStats() const;
983  
984    /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
985    /// template instantiation stacks.
986    ///
987    /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
988    /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
989    /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
990    /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
991    /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
992    /// well.
993    class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
994      Sema &SemaRef;
995      unsigned DiagID;
996  
997    public:
SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder & DB,Sema & SemaRef,unsigned DiagID)998      SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
999        : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1000  
~SemaDiagnosticBuilder()1001      ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1002        // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1003        if (!isActive()) return;
1004  
1005        // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1006        // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1007        // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1008        //
1009        // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1010        // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1011        // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1012        // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1013        // eliminate that code.
1014        FlushCounts();
1015        Clear();
1016  
1017        // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1018        SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1019      }
1020  
1021      /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1022      template<typename T>
1023      friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1024          const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1025        const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1026        BaseDiag << Value;
1027        return Diag;
1028      }
1029    };
1030  
1031    /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
Diag(SourceLocation Loc,unsigned DiagID)1032    SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1033      DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1034      return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1035    }
1036  
1037    /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1038    SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1039  
1040    /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1041    PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1042  
1043    bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1044  
1045    /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1046    std::string
1047    getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1048    std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1049  
1050    /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1051    SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1052  
1053    /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1054    ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1055  
1056    void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1057  
1058    void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1059  
1060    void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1061  
1062    Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1063  
1064    void PushFunctionScope();
1065    void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1066    sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1067  
1068    /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1069    /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1070    /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1071    void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1072  
1073    void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1074                                 RecordDecl *RD,
1075                                 CapturedRegionKind K);
1076    void
1077    PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1078                         const Decl *D = nullptr,
1079                         const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1080  
getCurFunction()1081    sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1082      return FunctionScopes.back();
1083    }
1084  
getEnclosingFunction()1085    sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1086      if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1087        return nullptr;
1088  
1089      for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1090        if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1091          continue;
1092        return FunctionScopes[e];
1093      }
1094      return nullptr;
1095    }
1096  
1097    template <typename ExprT>
1098    void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1099      if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1100        getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1101    }
1102  
1103    void PushCompoundScope();
1104    void PopCompoundScope();
1105  
1106    sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1107  
1108    bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1109  
1110    /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1111    sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1112  
1113    /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1114    sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1115  
1116    /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1117    sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1118  
1119    /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1120    sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1121  
1122    /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
WeakTopLevelDecls()1123    SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1124  
1125    void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1126  
1127    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1128    // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1129    //
1130  
1131    QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1132                                const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1133    QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1134                                const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1135    QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1136                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1137    QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1138                                SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1139    QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1140                            Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1141                            SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1142    QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1143                                SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1144  
1145    bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1146  
1147    /// \brief Build a function type.
1148    ///
1149    /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1150    /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1151    /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1152    /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1153    /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1154    ///
1155    /// \param T The return type of the function.
1156    ///
1157    /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1158    /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1159    /// function parameters.
1160    ///
1161    /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1162    /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1163    /// type that will have function type.
1164    ///
1165    /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1166    /// type, if known.
1167    ///
1168    /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1169    /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1170    ///
1171    /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1172    /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1173    /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1174    QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1175                               MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1176                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1177                               const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1178  
1179    QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1180                                    SourceLocation Loc,
1181                                    DeclarationName Entity);
1182    QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1183                                   SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1184    QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1185    QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1186  
1187    TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1188    TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1189    TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1190                                                 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1191  
1192    /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1193    ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1194    DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1195    DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1196    static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1197                                      TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1198    CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1199    const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1200                                                  const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1201    void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1202                             const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1203    bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1204    bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1205    bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1206    bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1207        const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1208        const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1209    bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1210        const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1211        const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1212        const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1213        bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1214        bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1215        bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1216        bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1217    bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1218        const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1219        const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1220        const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1221    bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1222        const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1223        const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1224  
1225    TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1226  
1227    /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1228    /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1229    ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1230  
1231    /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1232    struct TypeDiagnoser {
1233      bool Suppressed;
1234  
SuppressedTypeDiagnoser1235      TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1236  
1237      virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
~TypeDiagnoserTypeDiagnoser1238      virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1239    };
1240  
getPrintable(int I)1241    static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
getPrintable(unsigned I)1242    static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
getPrintable(bool B)1243    static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
getPrintable(const char * S)1244    static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
getPrintable(StringRef S)1245    static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
getPrintable(const std::string & S)1246    static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo * II)1247    static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1248      return II;
1249    }
getPrintable(DeclarationName N)1250    static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
getPrintable(QualType T)1251    static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
getPrintable(SourceRange R)1252    static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
getPrintable(SourceLocation L)1253    static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
getPrintable(const Expr * E)1254    static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
getPrintable(TypeLoc TL)1255    static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1256  
1257    template<typename T1>
1258    class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1259      unsigned DiagID;
1260      const T1 &Arg1;
1261  
1262    public:
BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1)1263      BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1264        : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
diagnose(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1265      void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1266        if (Suppressed) return;
1267        S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1268      }
1269  
~BoundTypeDiagnoser1()1270      virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1271    };
1272  
1273    template<typename T1, typename T2>
1274    class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1275      unsigned DiagID;
1276      const T1 &Arg1;
1277      const T2 &Arg2;
1278  
1279    public:
BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2)1280      BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1281                                    const T2 &Arg2)
1282        : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1283          Arg2(Arg2) { }
1284  
diagnose(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1285      void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1286        if (Suppressed) return;
1287        S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1288      }
1289  
~BoundTypeDiagnoser2()1290      virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1291    };
1292  
1293    template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1294    class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1295      unsigned DiagID;
1296      const T1 &Arg1;
1297      const T2 &Arg2;
1298      const T3 &Arg3;
1299  
1300    public:
BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2,const T3 & Arg3)1301      BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1302                                    const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1303      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1304        Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1305  
diagnose(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1306      void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1307        if (Suppressed) return;
1308        S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1309          << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1310      }
1311  
~BoundTypeDiagnoser3()1312      virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1313    };
1314  
1315  private:
1316    bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1317                             TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1318  public:
1319    bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1320                             TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1321    bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1322                             unsigned DiagID);
1323  
1324    template<typename T1>
RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1)1325    bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1326                             unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1327      BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1328      return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1329    }
1330  
1331    template<typename T1, typename T2>
RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2)1332    bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1333                             unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1334      BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1335      return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1336    }
1337  
1338    template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2,const T3 & Arg3)1339    bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1340                             unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1341                             const T3 &Arg3) {
1342      BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1343                                                          Arg3);
1344      return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1345    }
1346  
1347    bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1348    bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1349  
1350    template<typename T1>
RequireCompleteExprType(Expr * E,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1)1351    bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1352      BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1353      return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1354    }
1355  
1356    template<typename T1, typename T2>
RequireCompleteExprType(Expr * E,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2)1357    bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1358                                 const T2 &Arg2) {
1359      BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1360      return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1361    }
1362  
1363    template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
RequireCompleteExprType(Expr * E,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2,const T3 & Arg3)1364    bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1365                                 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1366      BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1367                                                          Arg3);
1368      return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1369    }
1370  
1371    bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1372                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1373    bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1374  
1375    template<typename T1>
RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1)1376    bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1377                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1378      BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1379      return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1380    }
1381  
1382    template<typename T1, typename T2>
RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2)1383    bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1384                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1385      BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1386      return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1387    }
1388  
1389    template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2,const T3 & Arg3)1390    bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1391                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1392                            const T3 &Arg3) {
1393      BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1394                                                          Arg3);
1395      return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1396    }
1397  
1398    QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1399                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1400  
1401    QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1402    /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1403    /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1404    QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1405                               bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1406    QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1407                                     UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1408                                     SourceLocation Loc);
1409  
1410    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1411    // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1412    //
1413  
1414    /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1415    /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1416    /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1417    /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1418    std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1419  
1420    DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1421  
1422    void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1423  
1424    bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1425  
1426    ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1427                           Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1428                           bool isClassName = false,
1429                           bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1430                           ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1431                           bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1432                           bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1433                           IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1434    TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1435    bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1436    void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1437                                 SourceLocation IILoc,
1438                                 Scope *S,
1439                                 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1440                                 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1441                                 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1442  
1443    /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1444    /// template type arguments until instantiation time.  Emits a warning and
1445    /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1446    /// other template arguments.
1447    ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1448                                              SourceLocation NameLoc);
1449  
1450    /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1451    /// by \c ClassifyName().
1452    enum NameClassificationKind {
1453      NC_Unknown,
1454      NC_Error,
1455      NC_Keyword,
1456      NC_Type,
1457      NC_Expression,
1458      NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1459      NC_TypeTemplate,
1460      NC_VarTemplate,
1461      NC_FunctionTemplate
1462    };
1463  
1464    class NameClassification {
1465      NameClassificationKind Kind;
1466      ExprResult Expr;
1467      TemplateName Template;
1468      ParsedType Type;
1469      const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1470  
NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind)1471      explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1472  
1473    public:
NameClassification(ExprResult Expr)1474      NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1475  
NameClassification(ParsedType Type)1476      NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1477  
NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo * Keyword)1478      NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1479        : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1480  
Error()1481      static NameClassification Error() {
1482        return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1483      }
1484  
Unknown()1485      static NameClassification Unknown() {
1486        return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1487      }
1488  
NestedNameSpecifier()1489      static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1490        return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1491      }
1492  
TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name)1493      static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1494        NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1495        Result.Template = Name;
1496        return Result;
1497      }
1498  
VarTemplate(TemplateName Name)1499      static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1500        NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1501        Result.Template = Name;
1502        return Result;
1503      }
1504  
FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name)1505      static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1506        NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1507        Result.Template = Name;
1508        return Result;
1509      }
1510  
getKind()1511      NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1512  
getType()1513      ParsedType getType() const {
1514        assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1515        return Type;
1516      }
1517  
getExpression()1518      ExprResult getExpression() const {
1519        assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1520        return Expr;
1521      }
1522  
getTemplateName()1523      TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1524        assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1525               Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1526        return Template;
1527      }
1528  
getTemplateNameKind()1529      TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1530        switch (Kind) {
1531        case NC_TypeTemplate:
1532          return TNK_Type_template;
1533        case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1534          return TNK_Function_template;
1535        case NC_VarTemplate:
1536          return TNK_Var_template;
1537        default:
1538          llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1539        }
1540      }
1541    };
1542  
1543    /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1544    /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1545    ///
1546    /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1547    /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1548    /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1549    ///
1550    /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1551    ///
1552    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1553    ///
1554    /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1555    /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1556    ///
1557    /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1558    ///
1559    /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1560    /// disambiguate the name.
1561    ///
1562    /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1563    ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1564    ///        expression.
1565    ///
1566    /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1567    NameClassification
1568    ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1569                 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1570                 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1571                 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1572  
1573    Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1574  
1575    NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1576                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1577    void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1578    bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1579    bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1580                                      DeclarationName Name,
1581                                      SourceLocation Loc);
1582    void
1583    diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1584                              SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1585                              SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1586                              SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1587                              SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1588                              SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1589  
1590    static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1591    void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1592    void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1593    void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1594    void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1595    void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1596    NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1597                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1598                                      LookupResult &Previous);
1599    NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1600                                    LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1601    NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1602                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1603                                       LookupResult &Previous,
1604                                       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1605                                       bool &AddToScope);
1606    // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1607    bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1608    void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1609    void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1610    void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1611  
1612    NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1613                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1614                                       LookupResult &Previous,
1615                                       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1616                                       bool &AddToScope);
1617    bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1618  
1619    bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1620    bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1621  
1622    void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1623    void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1624                            SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1625    void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1626                            SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1627    // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1628    bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1629                                  FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1630                                  bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1631    void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1632    void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1633    Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1634    ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1635                                            SourceLocation Loc,
1636                                            QualType T);
1637    ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1638                                SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1639                                QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1640                                StorageClass SC);
1641    void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1642                                   SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1643                                   Expr *defarg);
1644    void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1645                                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1646                                           SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1647    void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1648    bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1649                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1650  
1651    void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1652                              bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1653    void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1654    void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1655    void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1656    StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1657                                          IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1658                                          ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1659                                          SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1660    void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1661    void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1662    void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1663    DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1664                                           ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1665    DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1666                                        bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1667  
1668    /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1669    /// documentation comments.
1670    void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1671    void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1672  
1673    void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1674                                         SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1675    void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1676                                      const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1677                                          nullptr);
1678    Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1679    Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1680    void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
isObjCMethodDecl(Decl * D)1681    bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1682      return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1683    }
1684  
1685    /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1686    /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1687    /// code for that function.
1688    ///
1689    /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1690    /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1691    /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1692    /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1693    bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1694  
1695    /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1696    /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1697    /// code for that function.
1698    ///
1699    /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1700    /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1701    /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1702    bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1703  
1704    void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1705    Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1706    Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1707    Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1708    void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1709  
1710    /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1711    /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1712    void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1713  
1714    /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1715    /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1716    void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1717                                  ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1718  
1719    /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1720    /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1721    /// specified threshold.
1722    void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1723                                                ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1724                                                QualType ReturnTy,
1725                                                NamedDecl *D);
1726  
1727    void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1728    Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1729                                SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1730                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1731  
1732    /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1733    Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1734                                AttributeList *AttrList,
1735                                SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1736  
1737    /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1738    ///
1739    /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1740    ///
1741    /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1742    ///
1743    /// \param Path The module access path.
1744    DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1745                                 ModuleIdPath Path);
1746  
1747    /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1748    /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1749    void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1750  
1751    /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1752    /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1753    ///
1754    /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1755    /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1756    /// has forgotten to import.
1757    void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1758                                                    Module *Mod);
1759  
1760    /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
getPrintingPolicy()1761    PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1762      return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1763    }
1764  
1765    /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1766    static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1767                                            const Preprocessor &PP);
1768  
1769    /// Scope actions.
1770    void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1771    void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1772  
1773    Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1774                                     DeclSpec &DS);
1775    Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1776                                     DeclSpec &DS,
1777                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1778                                     bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1779  
1780    Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1781                                      AccessSpecifier AS,
1782                                      RecordDecl *Record,
1783                                      const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1784  
1785    Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1786                                         RecordDecl *Record);
1787  
1788    bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1789                                      TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1790                                      SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1791                                      const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1792  
1793    enum TagUseKind {
1794      TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1795      TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1796      TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1797      TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1798    };
1799  
1800    Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1801                   SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1802                   IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1803                   AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1804                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1805                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1806                   bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1807                   SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1808                   bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1809                   bool IsTypeSpecifier);
1810  
1811    Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1812                                  unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1813                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1814                                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1815                                  AttributeList *Attr,
1816                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1817  
1818    TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1819                                 unsigned TagSpec,
1820                                 TagUseKind TUK,
1821                                 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1822                                 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1823                                 SourceLocation TagLoc,
1824                                 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1825  
1826    void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1827                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1828                   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1829    Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1830                     Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1831  
1832    FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1833                           Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1834                           InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1835                           AccessSpecifier AS);
1836    MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1837                                     SourceLocation DeclStart,
1838                                     Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1839                                     InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1840                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
1841                                     AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1842  
1843    FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1844                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1845                              RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1846                              bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1847                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1848                              SourceLocation TSSL,
1849                              AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1850                              Declarator *D = nullptr);
1851  
1852    bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1853    void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1854    bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1855                                bool Diagnose = false);
1856    CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1857    void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1858                           SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1859    Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1860                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1861                    tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1862  
1863    // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1864    void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1865                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1866                     SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1867                     AttributeList *AttrList);
1868  
1869    /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1870    /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1871    /// struct, or union).
1872    void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1873  
1874    Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1875  
1876    /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1877    /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1878    /// member declarations.
1879    void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1880                                         SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1881                                         bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1882                                         SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1883  
1884    /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1885    /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1886    void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1887                                  SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1888  
1889    void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1890  
1891    /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1892    /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1893    ///
1894    /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1895    void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1896    void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1897  
1898    /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1899    /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1900    void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1901  
1902    EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1903                                        EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1904                                        SourceLocation IdLoc,
1905                                        IdentifierInfo *Id,
1906                                        Expr *val);
1907    bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1908    bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1909                                QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1910  
1911    Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1912                            SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1913                            AttributeList *Attrs,
1914                            SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1915    void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1916                       SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1917                       ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1918                       Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1919  
1920    DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1921  
1922    /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1923    void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1924    void PopDeclContext();
1925  
1926    /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1927    /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1928    void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1929    void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1930  
1931    /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1932    void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1933    void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1934  
1935    DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1936  
1937    /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1938    /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1939    /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1940    FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1941  
1942    /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1943    /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1944    /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1945    ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1946  
1947    /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1948    /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1949    /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1950    NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1951  
1952    /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1953    void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1954  
1955    /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1956    /// top level scope.
1957    ///
1958    /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1959    ///
1960    /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1961    void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1962  
1963    /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1964    /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1965    /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1966    ///
1967    /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
1968    ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
1969    ///        directly within it.
1970    bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
1971                       bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
1972  
1973    /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1974    /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1975    static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1976  
1977    /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1978    TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1979                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1980    bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1981  
1982    /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1983    AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1984                                            IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1985                                            VersionTuple Introduced,
1986                                            VersionTuple Deprecated,
1987                                            VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1988                                            bool IsUnavailable,
1989                                            StringRef Message,
1990                                            bool Override,
1991                                            unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1992    TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1993                                         TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1994                                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1995    VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1996                                        VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1997                                        unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1998    DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1999                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2000    DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2001                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2002    MSInheritanceAttr *
2003    mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2004                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2005                           MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2006    FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2007                                IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2008                                int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2009    SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2010                                  unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2011    AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2012                                            IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2013                                            unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2014    MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2015                                  unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2016    OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2017                                            unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2018  
2019    /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2020    /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2021    enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2022      /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2023      AMK_None,
2024      /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2025      /// an exact match.
2026      AMK_Redeclaration,
2027      /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2028      /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2029      AMK_Override
2030    };
2031  
2032    void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2033                             AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2034    void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
2035    bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2036                           bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2037    bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2038                                      Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2039    void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2040    void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2041    void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2042    void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2043    bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2044  
2045    // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2046    // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2047    enum AssignmentAction {
2048      AA_Assigning,
2049      AA_Passing,
2050      AA_Returning,
2051      AA_Converting,
2052      AA_Initializing,
2053      AA_Sending,
2054      AA_Casting,
2055      AA_Passing_CFAudited
2056    };
2057  
2058    /// C++ Overloading.
2059    enum OverloadKind {
2060      /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2061      /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2062      Ovl_Overload,
2063  
2064      /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2065      /// an existing declaration.
2066      Ovl_Match,
2067  
2068      /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2069      /// non-function.
2070      Ovl_NonFunction
2071    };
2072    OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2073                               FunctionDecl *New,
2074                               const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2075                               NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2076                               bool IsForUsingDecl);
2077    bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2078  
2079    /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2080    /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2081    ///
2082    /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2083    /// an available function, false otherwise.
2084    bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2085  
2086    ImplicitConversionSequence
2087    TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2088                          bool SuppressUserConversions,
2089                          bool AllowExplicit,
2090                          bool InOverloadResolution,
2091                          bool CStyle,
2092                          bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2093  
2094    bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2095    bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2096    bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2097    bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2098                             bool InOverloadResolution,
2099                             QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2100    bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2101                                 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2102    bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2103                                   QualType &ConvertedType);
2104    bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2105                                  QualType& ConvertedType);
2106    bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2107                                    const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2108                                    unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2109    void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2110                                    QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2111  
2112    CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2113    bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2114                                CastKind &Kind,
2115                                CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2116                                bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2117    bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2118                                   bool InOverloadResolution,
2119                                   QualType &ConvertedType);
2120    bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2121                                      CastKind &Kind,
2122                                      CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2123                                      bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2124    bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2125                                   bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2126    bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2127                              QualType &ResultTy);
2128    bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2129    bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2130  
2131    ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2132                                               const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2133                                               QualType ResultType,
2134                                               Expr *Value,
2135                                               bool AllowNRVO = true);
2136  
2137    bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2138                                      ExprResult Init);
2139    ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2140                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2141                                         ExprResult Init,
2142                                         bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2143                                         bool AllowExplicit = false);
2144    ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2145                                                   NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2146                                                   NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2147                                                   CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2148  
2149    ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2150    ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2151  
2152    /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2153    enum CCEKind {
2154      CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
2155      CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2156      CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2157      CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2158    };
2159    ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2160                                                llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2161    ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2162                                                APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2163  
2164    /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2165    /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2166    class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2167    public:
2168      bool Suppress;
2169      bool SuppressConversion;
2170  
2171      ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2172                                  bool SuppressConversion = false)
Suppress(Suppress)2173          : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2174  
2175      /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2176      /// for this conversion.
2177      virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2178  
2179      /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2180      /// integral or enumeration type.
2181      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2182      diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2183  
2184      /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2185      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2186      diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2187  
2188      /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2189      /// is explicit.
2190      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2191          Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2192  
2193      /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2194      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2195      noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2196  
2197      /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2198      /// functions.
2199      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2200      diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2201  
2202      /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2203      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2204      noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2205  
2206      /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2207      /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2208      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2209          Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2210  
~ContextualImplicitConverter()2211      virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2212    };
2213  
2214    class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2215      bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2216  
2217    public:
ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,bool Suppress,bool SuppressConversion)2218      ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2219                          bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2220          : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2221            AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2222  
2223      /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2224      bool match(QualType T) override;
2225  
2226      SemaDiagnosticBuilder
diagnoseNoMatch(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)2227      diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2228        return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2229      }
2230  
2231      /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2232      /// integral or enumeration type.
2233      virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2234      diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2235    };
2236  
2237    /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2238    ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2239        SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2240  
2241  
2242    enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2243      OS_Array,
2244      OS_Dictionary,
2245      OS_Error
2246    };
2247    ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2248  
2249    // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2250    // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2251    enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2252      LK_Array,
2253      LK_Dictionary,
2254      LK_Numeric,
2255      LK_Boxed,
2256      LK_String,
2257      LK_Block,
2258      LK_None
2259    };
2260    ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2261  
2262    ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2263                                             NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2264                                             NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2265                                             NamedDecl *Member);
2266  
2267    // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2268    // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2269    typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2270    typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2271  
2272    void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2273                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2274                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2275                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2276                              bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2277                              bool PartialOverloading = false,
2278                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
2279    void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2280                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2281                        OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2282                        bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2283                        TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
2284    void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2285                            QualType ObjectType,
2286                            Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2287                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2288                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2289                            bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2290    void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2291                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2292                            CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2293                            Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2294                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2295                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2296                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2297    void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2298                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2299                                    CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2300                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2301                                    QualType ObjectType,
2302                                    Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2303                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2304                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2305                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2306    void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2307                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2308                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2309                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2310                                      OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2311                                      bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2312    void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2313                                DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2314                                CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2315                                Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2316                                OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2317                                bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2318    void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2319                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2320                                        CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2321                                        Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2322                                        OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2323                                        bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2324    void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2325                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2326                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2327                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2328                               Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2329                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2330    void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2331                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2332                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2333                                     SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2334    void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2335                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2336                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2337                             bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2338                             unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2339    void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2340                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2341                                      OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2342    void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2343                                              SourceLocation Loc,
2344                                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2345                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2346                                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2347                                              bool PartialOverloading = false);
2348  
2349    // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2350    void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2351  
2352    // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2353    // identified by the expression Expr
2354    void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2355  
2356    /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2357    /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2358    EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2359                                bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2360  
2361    // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2362    // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2363    // R (A) --> R(A)
2364    // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2365    // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2366    // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2367    QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2368  
2369    FunctionDecl *
2370    ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2371                                       QualType TargetType,
2372                                       bool Complain,
2373                                       DeclAccessPair &Found,
2374                                       bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2375  
2376    FunctionDecl *
2377    ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2378                                                bool Complain = false,
2379                                                DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2380  
2381    bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2382                        ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2383                        bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2384                        bool Complain = false,
2385                        const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2386                        QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2387                        unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2388  
2389  
2390    Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2391                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2392                                         FunctionDecl *Fn);
2393    ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2394                                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2395                                              FunctionDecl *Fn);
2396  
2397    void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2398                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2399                                     OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2400                                     bool PartialOverloading = false);
2401  
2402    // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2403    // range-based for loop.
2404    enum ForRangeStatus {
2405      FRS_Success,
2406      FRS_NoViableFunction,
2407      FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2408    };
2409  
2410    // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2411    // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2412    enum BeginEndFunction {
2413      BEF_begin,
2414      BEF_end
2415    };
2416  
2417    ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2418                                             SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2419                                             VarDecl *Decl,
2420                                             BeginEndFunction BEF,
2421                                             const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2422                                             LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2423                                             OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2424                                             Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2425  
2426    ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2427                                       UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2428                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2429                                       MultiExprArg Args,
2430                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2431                                       Expr *ExecConfig,
2432                                       bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2433  
2434    bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2435                                MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2436                                OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2437                                ExprResult *Result);
2438  
2439    ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2440                                       unsigned Opc,
2441                                       const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2442                                       Expr *input);
2443  
2444    ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2445                                     unsigned Opc,
2446                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2447                                     Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2448  
2449    ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2450                                                  SourceLocation RLoc,
2451                                                  Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2452  
2453    ExprResult
2454    BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2455                              SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2456                              MultiExprArg Args,
2457                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2458    ExprResult
2459    BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2460                                 MultiExprArg Args,
2461                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2462  
2463    ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2464                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
2465                                        bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2466  
2467    /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2468    /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2469    /// that best represents the call.
2470    bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2471                             CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2472  
2473    /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2474    bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2475                                  ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2476                                  bool CheckParameterNames);
2477    void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2478    void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2479    Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2480  
2481    /// \name Name lookup
2482    ///
2483    /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2484    /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2485    /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2486    /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2487    /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2488    /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2489    ///
2490    /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2491    /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2492    /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2493    /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2494    /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2495    /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2496    /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2497    ///
2498    /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2499    /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2500    /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2501    /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2502    /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2503    /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2504    /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2505    /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2506    //@{
2507  
2508    /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2509    enum LookupNameKind {
2510      /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2511      /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2512      /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2513      LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2514      /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2515      /// structs, and unions.
2516      LookupTagName,
2517      /// Label name lookup.
2518      LookupLabel,
2519      /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2520      /// class/struct/union members.
2521      LookupMemberName,
2522      /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2523      /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2524      /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2525      LookupOperatorName,
2526      /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2527      /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2528      /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2529      LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2530      /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2531      /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2532      /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2533      LookupNamespaceName,
2534      /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2535      /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2536      /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2537      LookupUsingDeclName,
2538      /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2539      /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2540      /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2541      /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2542      LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2543      /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2544      /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2545      LookupLocalFriendName,
2546      /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2547      LookupObjCProtocolName,
2548      /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2549      LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2550      /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2551      LookupAnyName
2552    };
2553  
2554    /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2555    /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2556    enum RedeclarationKind {
2557      /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2558      /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2559      NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2560      /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2561      /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2562      ForRedeclaration
2563    };
2564  
2565    /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2566    enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2567      /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2568      LOLR_Error,
2569      /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2570      /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2571      LOLR_Cooked,
2572      /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2573      /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2574      LOLR_Raw,
2575      /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2576      /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2577      /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2578      LOLR_Template,
2579      /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2580      /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2581      /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2582      LOLR_StringTemplate
2583    };
2584  
2585    SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2586                                                     CXXSpecialMember SM,
2587                                                     bool ConstArg,
2588                                                     bool VolatileArg,
2589                                                     bool RValueThis,
2590                                                     bool ConstThis,
2591                                                     bool VolatileThis);
2592  
2593    typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2594    typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2595        TypoRecoveryCallback;
2596  
2597  private:
2598    bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2599  
2600    struct TypoExprState {
2601      std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2602      TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2603      TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2604      TypoExprState();
2605      TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2606      TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2607    };
2608  
2609    /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2610    llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2611  
2612    /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2613    TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2614                                TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2615                                TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2616  
2617    // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2618    //
2619    // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2620    // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2621    llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2622  
2623    /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2624    /// source.
2625    bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2626  
2627    /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2628    /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2629    /// should be skipped entirely.
2630    std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2631    makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2632                               Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2633                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2634                               std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2635                               DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2636                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2637                               bool ErrorRecovery);
2638  
2639  public:
2640    const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2641  
2642    /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2643    void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2644  
2645    /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2646    /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2647    ///
2648    /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2649    /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2650    NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2651                                SourceLocation Loc,
2652                                LookupNameKind NameKind,
2653                                RedeclarationKind Redecl
2654                                  = NotForRedeclaration);
2655    bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2656                    bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2657    bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2658                             bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2659    bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2660                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
2661    bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2662                          bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2663                          bool EnteringContext = false);
2664    ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2665                                     RedeclarationKind Redecl
2666                                       = NotForRedeclaration);
2667    bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2668  
2669    void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2670                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
2671                                      UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2672    void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2673                                              DeclAccessPair Operator,
2674                                              QualType T1, QualType T2);
2675  
2676    LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2677                                   SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2678  
2679    DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2680    CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2681    CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2682                                                 unsigned Quals);
2683    CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2684                                           bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2685    CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2686                                                unsigned Quals);
2687    CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2688                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2689    CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2690  
2691    bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2692    LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2693                                                      ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2694                                                      bool AllowRaw,
2695                                                      bool AllowTemplate,
2696                                                      bool AllowStringTemplate);
2697    bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2698  
2699    void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2700                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2701  
2702    void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2703                            VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2704                            bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2705    void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2706                            VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2707                            bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2708  
2709    enum CorrectTypoKind {
2710      CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2711      CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2712    };
2713  
2714    TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2715                               Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2716                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2717                               std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2718                               CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2719                               DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2720                               bool EnteringContext = false,
2721                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2722                               bool RecordFailure = true);
2723  
2724    TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2725                                 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2726                                 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2727                                 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2728                                 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2729                                 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2730                                 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2731                                 bool EnteringContext = false,
2732                                 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2733  
2734    ExprResult
2735    CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2736                              llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2737                                  [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2738  
2739    ExprResult
2740    CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2741                              llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2742                                  [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2743      return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2744    }
2745  
2746    void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2747                      const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2748                      bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2749  
2750    void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2751                      const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2752                      const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2753                      bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2754  
2755    void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2756                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2757                                     AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2758                                     AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2759  
2760    void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2761                              bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2762  
2763    void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2764    //@}
2765  
2766    ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2767                                            SourceLocation IdLoc,
2768                                            bool TypoCorrection = false);
2769    NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2770                                   Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2771                                   SourceLocation Loc);
2772    NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2773                                        Scope *S);
2774    void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2775  
2776    // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2777  
2778    void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2779    // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2780    void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2781    void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2782                                  bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2783    bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2784                                        const AttributeList *AttrList);
2785  
2786    void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2787  
2788    /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
2789    /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
2790    /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
2791    /// type as valid.
2792    bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
2793  
2794    bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2795    bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2796                              const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2797    bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2798    bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2799                                        unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2800                                        SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2801    bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2802        CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2803        MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2804  
2805    void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2806  
2807    /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2808    /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2809    /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2810    void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2811  
2812    // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2813    // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2814    // one that came from a typedef.
2815    bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2816  
2817    /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2818    /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2819    const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2820  
2821    /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2822    StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2823                                     SourceRange Range);
2824  
2825    void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2826                                     ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2827                                     bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2828  
2829    void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2830                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2831                                     bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2832  
2833    /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2834    /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2835    void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2836                               ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2837                               bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2838  
2839    typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2840    typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2841  
2842    /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2843    /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2844    void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2845                                  ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2846                                  SourceLocation Loc);
2847  
2848    /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2849    /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2850    void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2851                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2852                                   bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2853  
2854    /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2855    /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2856    void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2857                                         ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2858                                         bool SynthesizeProperties);
2859  
2860    /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2861    /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2862    void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2863                                      ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2864    void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2865  
2866    /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2867    /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2868    /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2869    bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2870                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2871  
2872    /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2873    /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2874    void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
2875                                             const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
2876  
2877    /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2878    /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2879    /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2880    ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2881                                                 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2882  
2883    /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2884    /// class extensions.
2885    ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2886                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
2887                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2888                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
2889                        Selector GetterSel,
2890                        Selector SetterSel,
2891                        const bool isAssign,
2892                        const bool isReadWrite,
2893                        const unsigned Attributes,
2894                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2895                        bool *isOverridingProperty,
2896                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
2897                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2898  
2899    /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2900    /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2901    ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2902                                         ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2903                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
2904                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2905                                         FieldDeclarator &FD,
2906                                         Selector GetterSel,
2907                                         Selector SetterSel,
2908                                         const bool isAssign,
2909                                         const bool isReadWrite,
2910                                         const unsigned Attributes,
2911                                         const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2912                                         TypeSourceInfo *T,
2913                                         tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2914                                         DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
2915  
2916    /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2917    /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2918    /// setter or getter.
2919    void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2920                                         ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2921  
2922    void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2923  
2924    void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
2925                                            const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
2926                                            const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
2927  
2928    void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2929  
2930    enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2931      MMS_loose,
2932      MMS_strict
2933    };
2934  
2935    /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2936    /// true, or false, accordingly.
2937    bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2938                                    const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2939                                    MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2940  
2941    /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2942    /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2943    void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2944                                    const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2945                                    SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2946                                    SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2947                                    ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2948                                    ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2949                                    bool &IncompleteImpl,
2950                                    bool ImmediateClass,
2951                                    bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2952  
2953    /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2954    /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2955    /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2956    void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2957  
2958    /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2959    void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2960  
2961  private:
2962    /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2963    /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2964    void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2965  
2966    /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2967    /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2968    ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2969                                             bool receiverIdOrClass,
2970                                             bool warn, bool instance);
2971  
2972  public:
2973    /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
2974    /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
2975    /// false; otherwise, it returns true
2976    bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
2977                                            SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
2978                                            bool instance);
2979  
2980    bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
2981                                        bool instance);
2982  
2983  private:
2984    /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
2985    /// nullptr if none could be found
2986    ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
2987                                     bool IsInstance);
2988  
2989  
2990    /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2991    TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2992                                    bool RecordFailure = true) {
2993      if (RecordFailure)
2994        TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2995      return TypoCorrection();
2996    }
2997  
2998  public:
2999    /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3000    /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3001    /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3002    /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3003    void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3004      AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3005    }
3006  
3007    /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3008    void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3009      AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3010    }
3011  
3012    /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3013    /// pool.
3014    void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3015  
3016    /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3017    /// there are multiple signatures.
3018    ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3019                                                     bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
3020                                                     bool warn=true) {
3021      return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3022                                      warn, /*instance*/true);
3023    }
3024  
3025    /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3026    /// there are multiple signatures.
3027    ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3028                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
3029                                                    bool warn=true) {
3030      return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3031                                      warn, /*instance*/false);
3032    }
3033  
3034    const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3035                                QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3036    /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3037    /// implementation.
3038    ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3039  
3040    /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3041    /// initialization.
3042    void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3043                                    SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3044  
3045    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3046    // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3047  public:
3048    class FullExprArg {
3049    public:
FullExprArg(Sema & actions)3050      FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3051  
release()3052      ExprResult release() {
3053        return E;
3054      }
3055  
get()3056      Expr *get() const { return E; }
3057  
3058      Expr *operator->() {
3059        return E;
3060      }
3061  
3062    private:
3063      // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3064      // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3065      friend class Sema;
3066  
FullExprArg(Expr * expr)3067      explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3068  
3069      Expr *E;
3070    };
3071  
MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg)3072    FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3073      return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3074    }
MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg,SourceLocation CC)3075    FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3076      return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3077    }
MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr * Arg)3078    FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3079      ExprResult FE =
3080        ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3081                            /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3082      return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3083    }
3084  
3085    StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3086    StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3087  
3088    StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3089                             bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3090  
3091    void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3092    void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3093    StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3094                                 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3095  
3096    /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3097    class CompoundScopeRAII {
3098    public:
CompoundScopeRAII(Sema & S)3099      CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3100        S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3101      }
3102  
~CompoundScopeRAII()3103      ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3104        S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3105      }
3106  
3107    private:
3108      Sema &S;
3109    };
3110  
3111    /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3112    struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3113      Sema &S;
3114      bool Active;
FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3115      FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
~FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3116      ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3117        if (Active)
3118          S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3119      }
disableFunctionScopeRAII3120      void disable() { Active = false; }
3121    };
3122  
3123    StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3124                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
3125                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
3126    void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3127    StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3128    StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3129                                     SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3130                                     SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3131    void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3132  
3133    StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3134                                        SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3135                                        Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3136    StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3137                              SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3138  
3139    StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3140                                   ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3141                                   Stmt *SubStmt);
3142  
3143    StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3144                           FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3145                           Stmt *ThenVal,
3146                           SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3147    StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3148                                              Expr *Cond,
3149                                              Decl *CondVar);
3150    StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3151                                             Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3152    StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3153                              FullExprArg Cond,
3154                              Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3155    StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3156                                   SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3157                                   SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3158                                   SourceLocation CondRParen);
3159  
3160    StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3161                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3162                            Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3163                            Decl *SecondVar,
3164                            FullExprArg Third,
3165                            SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3166                            Stmt *Body);
3167    ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3168                                             Expr *collection);
3169    StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3170                                          Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3171                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3172    StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3173  
3174    enum BuildForRangeKind {
3175      /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3176      BFRK_Build,
3177      /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3178      /// attempt any typo-correction.
3179      BFRK_Rebuild,
3180      /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3181      /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3182      BFRK_Check
3183    };
3184  
3185    StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
3186                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3187                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3188                                    BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3189    StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3190                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3191                                    Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3192                                    Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3193                                    Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
3194                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3195                                    BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3196    StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3197  
3198    StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3199                             SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3200                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3201    StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3202                                     SourceLocation StarLoc,
3203                                     Expr *DestExp);
3204    StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3205    StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3206  
3207    void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3208                                  CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3209    typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3210    void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3211                                  CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3212                                  ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3213    StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3214    void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3215    RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3216                                             SourceLocation Loc,
3217                                             unsigned NumParams);
3218    VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3219                                     bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3220    bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3221                                bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3222  
3223    StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3224                               Scope *CurScope);
3225    StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3226    StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3227  
3228    StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3229                               bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3230                               unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3231                               MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3232                               Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3233                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3234  
3235    ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3236                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3237                                         UnqualifiedId &Id,
3238                                         llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3239                                         bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3240    bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3241                              unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3242    StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3243                              ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3244                              StringRef AsmString,
3245                              unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3246                              ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3247                              ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3248                              ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3249                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
3250    LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3251                                     SourceLocation Location,
3252                                     bool AlwaysCreate);
3253  
3254    VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3255                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
3256                                    SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3257                                    bool Invalid = false);
3258  
3259    Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3260  
3261    StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3262                                    Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3263  
3264    StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3265  
3266    StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3267                                  MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3268  
3269    StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3270    StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3271                                    Scope *CurScope);
3272    ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3273                                              Expr *operand);
3274    StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3275                                           Expr *SynchExpr,
3276                                           Stmt *SynchBody);
3277  
3278    StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3279  
3280    VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3281                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
3282                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
3283                                       IdentifierInfo *Id);
3284  
3285    Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3286  
3287    StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3288                                  Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3289    StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3290                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3291  
3292    StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3293                                SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3294                                Stmt *Handler);
3295    StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3296                                   Expr *FilterExpr,
3297                                   Stmt *Block);
3298    StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3299    StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3300  
3301    void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3302  
3303    bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3304  
3305    /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3306    /// of it.
3307    void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3308  
3309    /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3310    /// whose result is unused, warn.
3311    void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3312    void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3313    void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3314  
3315    /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3316    /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3317    ///
3318    /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3319    ///     if (condition);
3320    ///       do_stuff();
3321    void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3322                               const Stmt *Body,
3323                               unsigned DiagID);
3324  
3325    /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3326    /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3327    void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3328                               const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3329  
3330    /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3331    void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3332                          SourceLocation OpLoc);
3333  
PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)3334    ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3335      return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3336    }
3337    void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3338  
3339    typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
PushParsingClass()3340    ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3341      return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3342    }
PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state)3343    void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3344      DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3345    }
3346  
3347    void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3348  
3349    enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable };
3350  
3351    void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3352                                 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3353                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3354                                 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3355                                 const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty,
3356                                 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3357  
3358    bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3359                                       StringRef message);
3360  
3361    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3362    // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3363  
3364    bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3365    bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3366                           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3367                           bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3368    void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3369    std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3370    bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3371                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3372                                          SourceLocation Loc);
3373    void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3374                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3375  
3376    void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3377                                         Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3378                                         bool IsDecltype = false);
3379    enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3380    void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3381                                         ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3382                                         bool IsDecltype = false);
3383    void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3384  
3385    void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3386  
3387    ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3388    ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3389  
3390    ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3391  
3392    // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3393    // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3394    // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3395    // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3396    // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3397    // named expressions.
3398    void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3399    void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3400                                bool OdrUse = true);
3401    void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3402    void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3403    void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3404  
3405    void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3406    void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3407  
3408    enum TryCaptureKind {
3409      TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3410    };
3411  
3412    /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3413    ///
3414    /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3415    ///
3416    /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3417    ///
3418    /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3419    /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3420    ///
3421    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3422    /// an explicit lambda capture.
3423    ///
3424    /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3425    /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3426    /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3427    /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3428    ///
3429    /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3430    /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3431    /// variable can be captured.
3432    ///
3433    /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3434    /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3435    /// captured.
3436    ///
3437    /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3438    /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3439    /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3440    /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3441    /// a nested generic lambda.
3442    ///
3443    /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3444    /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3445    bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3446                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3447                            QualType &CaptureType,
3448                            QualType &DeclRefType,
3449                            const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3450  
3451    /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3452    bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3453                            TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3454                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3455  
3456    /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3457    bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3458  
3459    /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3460    /// variable will have in the given scope.
3461    QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3462  
3463    void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3464    void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3465                                          bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3466  
3467    /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3468    /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3469    /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3470    bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3471                              bool ForceComplain = false,
3472                              bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3473  
3474    /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3475    bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3476                       UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3477  
3478    /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3479    /// evaluation context.
3480    ///
3481    /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3482    /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3483    /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3484    /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3485    bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3486                             const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3487  
3488    // Primary Expressions.
3489    SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3490  
3491    ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3492        Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3493        UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3494        std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3495        bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3496  
3497    void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3498                                TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3499                                DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3500                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3501  
3502    bool
3503    DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3504                        std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3505                        TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3506                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3507  
3508    ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3509                                  IdentifierInfo *II,
3510                                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3511  
3512    ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3513                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3514                                          const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3515                                          bool isAddressOfOperand,
3516                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3517  
3518    ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3519                                ExprValueKind VK,
3520                                SourceLocation Loc,
3521                                const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3522    ExprResult
3523    BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3524                     const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3525                     const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3526                     NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3527                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3528    ExprResult
3529    BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3530        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3531        SourceLocation nameLoc,
3532        IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3533        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3534        Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3535        SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3536  
3537    ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3538                                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3539                                               LookupResult &R,
3540                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3541    ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3542                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3543                                       LookupResult &R,
3544                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3545                                       bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3546    bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3547                                    const LookupResult &R,
3548                                    bool HasTrailingLParen);
3549  
3550    ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
3551        CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3552        bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3553  
3554    ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3555                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3556                                  const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3557                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3558  
3559    ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3560                                        LookupResult &R,
3561                                        bool NeedsADL,
3562                                        bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3563    ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3564        const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3565        NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3566        const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3567        bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3568  
3569    ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3570                        DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3571                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3572                        SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3573                        TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3574  
3575    ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3576                                   PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3577    ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3578    ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3579  
3580    bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3581  
3582    ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3583    ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3584                                      Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3585    ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3586    ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3587                                  SourceLocation R,
3588                                  MultiExprArg Val);
3589  
3590    /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3591    /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3592    ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3593                                  Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3594  
3595    ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3596                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3597                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3598                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
3599                                         ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3600                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3601    ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3602                                          SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3603                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3604                                          Expr *ControllingExpr,
3605                                          ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3606                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3607  
3608    // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3609    ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3610                                    Expr *InputExpr);
3611    ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3612                            UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3613    ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3614                            tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3615  
3616    QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3617  
3618    ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3619                                              SourceLocation OpLoc,
3620                                              UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3621                                              SourceRange R);
3622    ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3623                                              UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3624    ExprResult
3625      ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3626                                    UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3627                                    bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3628                                    const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3629  
3630    ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3631    bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3632  
3633    bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3634    bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3635                                          SourceRange ExprRange,
3636                                          UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3637    ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3638                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3639                                            IdentifierInfo &Name,
3640                                            SourceLocation NameLoc,
3641                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3642    ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3643                                   tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3644  
3645    ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3646                                       Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3647    ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3648                                               Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3649  
3650    // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3651    // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3652    // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3653    // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3654    // defines a custom operator->).
3655    struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3656      Scope *S;
3657      UnqualifiedId &Id;
3658      Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3659      bool HasTrailingLParen;
3660    };
3661  
3662    ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3663        Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3664        CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3665        NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3666        const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3667        ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3668  
3669    ExprResult
3670    BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3671                             bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3672                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3673                             NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3674                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3675                             bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3676                             ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3677  
3678    ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3679  
3680    bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3681                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3682                                       const LookupResult &R);
3683  
3684    ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3685                                        bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3686                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3687                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3688                                        NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3689                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3690                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3691  
3692    ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3693                                     SourceLocation OpLoc,
3694                                     tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3695                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3696                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3697                                     UnqualifiedId &Member,
3698                                     Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3699                                     bool HasTrailingLParen);
3700  
3701    void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3702    bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3703                                 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3704                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3705                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3706                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3707                                 bool ExecConfig = false);
3708    void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3709                                  ParmVarDecl *Param,
3710                                  const Expr *ArgExpr);
3711  
3712    /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3713    /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3714    /// locations.
3715    ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3716                             MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3717                             Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3718                             bool IsExecConfig = false);
3719    ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3720                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3721                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3722                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3723                                     Expr *Config = nullptr,
3724                                     bool IsExecConfig = false);
3725  
3726    ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3727                                       MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3728                                       SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3729  
3730    ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3731                             Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3732                             SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3733    ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3734                                   TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3735                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3736                                   Expr *Op);
3737    CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3738  
3739    /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3740    ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3741                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3742                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3743  
3744    ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3745  
3746    ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3747                                    ParsedType Ty,
3748                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3749                                    Expr *InitExpr);
3750  
3751    ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3752                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3753                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3754                                        Expr *LiteralExpr);
3755  
3756    ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3757                             MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3758                             SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3759  
3760    ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3761                                          SourceLocation Loc,
3762                                          bool GNUSyntax,
3763                                          ExprResult Init);
3764  
3765  private:
3766    static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
3767  
3768  public:
3769    ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3770                          tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3771    ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3772                          BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3773    ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3774                                  Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3775  
3776    /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3777    /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3778    ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3779                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3780                                  Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3781  
3782    /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3783    ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3784                              LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3785  
3786    void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3787    ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3788                             SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3789    void ActOnStmtExprError();
3790  
3791    // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3792    struct OffsetOfComponent {
3793      SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3794      bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3795      union {
3796        IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3797        Expr *E;
3798      } U;
3799    };
3800  
3801    /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3802    ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3803                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3804                                    OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3805                                    unsigned NumComponents,
3806                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3807    ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3808                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3809                                    SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3810                                    ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3811                                    OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3812                                    unsigned NumComponents,
3813                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3814  
3815    // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3816    ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3817                               Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3818                               Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3819  
3820    // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3821    ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3822                          SourceLocation RPLoc);
3823    ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3824                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3825  
3826    // __null
3827    ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3828  
3829    bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3830  
3831    /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3832    enum IfExistsResult {
3833      /// \brief The symbol exists.
3834      IER_Exists,
3835  
3836      /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3837      IER_DoesNotExist,
3838  
3839      /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3840      /// from one instantiation to the next.
3841      IER_Dependent,
3842  
3843      /// \brief An error occurred.
3844      IER_Error
3845    };
3846  
3847    IfExistsResult
3848    CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3849                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3850  
3851    IfExistsResult
3852    CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3853                                 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3854                                 UnqualifiedId &Name);
3855  
3856    StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3857                                          bool IsIfExists,
3858                                          NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3859                                          DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3860                                          Stmt *Nested);
3861    StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3862                                          bool IsIfExists,
3863                                          CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3864                                          Stmt *Nested);
3865  
3866    //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3867  
3868    /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3869    /// started.
3870    void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3871  
3872    /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3873    /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3874    void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3875                             Scope *CurScope);
3876  
3877    /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3878    /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3879    void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3880  
3881    /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3882    /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3883    ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3884                                  Scope *CurScope);
3885  
3886    //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3887  
3888    /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3889    ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3890                                      SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3891                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3892  
3893    //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3894  
3895    /// __builtin_astype(...)
3896    ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3897                               SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3898                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3899  
3900    //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3901  
3902    // Act on C++ namespaces
3903    Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3904                                 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3905                                 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3906                                 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3907                                 SourceLocation LBrace,
3908                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
3909    void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3910  
3911    NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3912    NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3913  
3914    CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3915  
3916    /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3917    /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3918    bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3919  
3920    /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3921    /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3922    ///
3923    /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3924    QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3925  
3926    /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3927    /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3928    bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3929  
3930    Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3931                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3932                              SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3933                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3934                              SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3935                              IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3936                              AttributeList *AttrList);
3937  
3938    void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3939  
3940    Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3941                                 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3942                                 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3943                                 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3944                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3945                                 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3946                                 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3947  
3948    void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3949    bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3950                              const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3951                              UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3952    UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3953                                          NamedDecl *Target,
3954                                          UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3955  
3956    bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3957                                     bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3958                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3959                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
3960                                     const LookupResult &Previous);
3961    bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3962                                 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3963                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3964                                 SourceLocation NameLoc);
3965  
3966    NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3967                                     SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3968                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3969                                     DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3970                                     AttributeList *AttrList,
3971                                     bool IsInstantiation,
3972                                     bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3973                                     SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3974  
3975    bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3976  
3977    Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3978                                AccessSpecifier AS,
3979                                bool HasUsingKeyword,
3980                                SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3981                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3982                                UnqualifiedId &Name,
3983                                AttributeList *AttrList,
3984                                bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3985                                SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3986    Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3987                                AccessSpecifier AS,
3988                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3989                                SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3990                                UnqualifiedId &Name,
3991                                AttributeList *AttrList,
3992                                TypeResult Type);
3993  
3994    /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3995    /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3996    ///
3997    /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3998    ExprResult
3999    BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4000                          CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4001                          bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4002                          bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4003                          bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4004                          SourceRange ParenRange);
4005  
4006    // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4007    // the constructor can be elidable?
4008    ExprResult
4009    BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4010                          CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4011                          MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4012                          bool IsListInitialization,
4013                          bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4014                          unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4015  
4016    ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4017  
4018    /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4019    /// the default expr if needed.
4020    ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4021                                      FunctionDecl *FD,
4022                                      ParmVarDecl *Param);
4023  
4024    /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4025    /// constructed variable.
4026    void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4027  
4028    /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4029    /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4030    class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4031      // Pointer to allow copying
4032      Sema *Self;
4033      // We order exception specifications thus:
4034      // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4035      // throw() comes next.
4036      // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4037      // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4038      // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4039      ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4040      llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4041      SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4042  
ClearExceptions()4043      void ClearExceptions() {
4044        ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4045        Exceptions.clear();
4046      }
4047  
4048    public:
ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema & Self)4049      explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4050        : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4051        if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4052          ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4053      }
4054  
4055      /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
getExceptionSpecType()4056      ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4057        assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4058               "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4059        return ComputedEST;
4060      }
4061  
4062      /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
size()4063      unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4064  
4065      /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
data()4066      const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4067  
4068      /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4069      void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4070  
4071      /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4072      void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4073  
4074      /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4075      /// computed exception specification.
getExceptionSpec()4076      FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4077        FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4078        ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4079        if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4080          ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4081        } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4082          /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4083          ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4084          ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4085          ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4086          ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4087                                                       tok::kw_false).get();
4088        }
4089        return ESI;
4090      }
4091    };
4092  
4093    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4094    /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4095    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4096    ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4097                                             CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4098  
4099    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4100    /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4101    /// will be const.
4102    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4103    ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4104  
4105    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4106    /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4107    /// parameter will be const.
4108    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4109    ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4110  
4111    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4112    /// constructor of a class will have.
4113    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4114    ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4115  
4116    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4117    /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4118    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4119    ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4120  
4121    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4122    /// destructor of a class will have.
4123    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4124    ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4125  
4126    /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4127    /// constructor of a class will have.
4128    ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4129    ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4130  
4131    /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4132    /// special member function.
4133    void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4134  
4135    /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4136    /// exception specification information with the results.
4137    void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4138                                     ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4139                                     ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4140                                     ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4141                                     Expr *NoexceptExpr,
4142                                     SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4143                                     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4144  
4145    /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4146    /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4147    bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4148  
4149    /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4150    /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4151    /// after the method itself was declared.
4152    void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4153           ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4154           SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4155           ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4156           ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4157           Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4158  
4159    /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4160    /// definition when it is defaulted.
4161    bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4162                                   bool Diagnose = false);
4163  
4164    /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4165    ///
4166    /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4167    /// default constructor will be added.
4168    ///
4169    /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4170    CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4171                                                       CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4172  
4173    /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4174    /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4175    void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4176                                          CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4177  
4178    /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4179    ///
4180    /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4181    /// destructor will be added.
4182    ///
4183    /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4184    CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4185  
4186    /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4187    /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4188    void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4189                                  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4190  
4191    /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4192    ///
4193    /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4194    /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4195    void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4196                                       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4197  
4198    /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4199    ///
4200    /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4201    /// constructors will be added.
4202    void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4203  
4204    /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4205    void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4206                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4207  
4208    /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4209    ///
4210    /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4211    /// copy constructor will be added.
4212    ///
4213    /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4214    CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4215  
4216    /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4217    /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4218    void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4219                                       CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4220  
4221    /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4222    ///
4223    /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4224    /// move constructor will be added.
4225    ///
4226    /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4227    /// declared.
4228    CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4229  
4230    /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4231    /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4232    void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4233                                       CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4234  
4235    /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4236    ///
4237    /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4238    /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4239    ///
4240    /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4241    CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4242  
4243    /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4244    void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4245                                      CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4246  
4247    /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4248    ///
4249    /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4250    /// move assignment operator will be added.
4251    ///
4252    /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4253    /// wasn't declared.
4254    CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4255  
4256    /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4257    void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4258                                      CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4259  
4260    /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4261    /// class.
4262    void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4263  
4264    /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4265    /// special member function.
4266    bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4267  
4268    /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4269    /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4270    ///
4271    /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4272    bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4273  
4274    /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4275    /// member function.
4276    bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4277  
4278    /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4279    /// static member function.
4280    ///
4281    /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4282    bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4283  
4284    /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4285    /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4286    /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4287    ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4288  
4289    bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4290                                 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4291                                 SourceLocation Loc,
4292                                 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4293                                 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4294                                 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4295  
4296    ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4297                                            SourceLocation NameLoc,
4298                                            IdentifierInfo &Name);
4299  
4300    ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4301                                 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4302                                 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4303                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4304                                 bool EnteringContext);
4305  
4306    ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4307  
4308    // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4309    void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4310                                        bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4311  
4312    /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4313    ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4314                                 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4315                                 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4316                                 Declarator &D,
4317                                 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4318                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4319                                 Expr *E,
4320                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4321  
4322    ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4323                                 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4324                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4325                                 Expr *E,
4326                                 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4327                                 SourceRange Parens);
4328  
4329    ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4330                              SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4331                              TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4332                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4333    ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4334                              SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4335                              Expr *Operand,
4336                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4337  
4338    /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4339    ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4340                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4341                              void *TyOrExpr,
4342                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4343  
4344    ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4345                              SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4346                              TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4347                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4348    ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4349                              SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4350                              Expr *Operand,
4351                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4352  
4353    /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4354    ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4355                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4356                              void *TyOrExpr,
4357                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4358  
4359    /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4360    ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4361                                tok::TokenKind Operator,
4362                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4363                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4364    ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4365                                BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4366                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4367                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4368    ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4369                                     BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4370  
4371    //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4372    ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4373  
4374    /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4375    ///
4376    /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4377    QualType getCurrentThisType();
4378  
4379    /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4380    /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4381    /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4382    QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4383  
4384    /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4385    /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4386    class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4387      Sema &S;
4388      QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4389      bool Enabled;
4390  
4391    public:
4392      /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4393      /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4394      /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4395      /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4396      CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4397                       bool Enabled = true);
4398  
4399      ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4400    };
4401  
4402    /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4403    /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4404    ///
4405    /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4406    ///
4407    /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4408    /// capture list.
4409    ///
4410    /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4411    /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4412    /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4413    /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4414    /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4415    /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4416    /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4417    bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4418        bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4419        const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4420  
4421    /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4422    /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4423    /// being defined.
4424    bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4425  
4426    /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4427    ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4428  
4429  
4430    /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4431    ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4432  
4433    /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4434    ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4435  
4436    //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4437    ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4438    ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4439                             bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4440    ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4441                                    bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4442  
4443    /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4444    /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4445    /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4446    /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4447    ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4448                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4449                                         MultiExprArg Exprs,
4450                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4451  
4452    ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4453                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4454                                         MultiExprArg Exprs,
4455                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4456  
4457    /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4458    ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4459                           SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4460                           MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4461                           SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4462                           SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4463                           Expr *Initializer);
4464    ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4465                           SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4466                           MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4467                           SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4468                           SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4469                           QualType AllocType,
4470                           TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4471                           Expr *ArraySize,
4472                           SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4473                           Expr *Initializer,
4474                           bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4475  
4476    bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4477                            SourceRange R);
4478    bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4479                                 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4480                                 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4481                                 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4482                                 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4483    bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4484                                DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4485                                DeclContext *Ctx,
4486                                bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4487                                bool Diagnose = true);
4488    void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4489    void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4490                                         QualType Param1,
4491                                         QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4492                                         bool addMallocAttr = false);
4493  
4494    bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4495                                  DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4496                                  bool Diagnose = true);
4497    FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4498                                                bool CanProvideSize,
4499                                                DeclarationName Name);
4500  
4501    /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4502    ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4503                              bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4504                              Expr *Operand);
4505  
4506    DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4507    ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4508                                      SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4509                                      bool ConvertToBoolean);
4510  
4511    ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4512                                 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4513    ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4514                                    SourceLocation RParen);
4515  
4516    /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4517    ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4518                              ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4519                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4520    ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4521                              ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4522                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4523  
4524    /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4525    /// pseudo-functions.
4526    ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4527                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4528                                   ParsedType LhsTy,
4529                                   Expr *DimExpr,
4530                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4531  
4532    ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4533                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4534                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4535                                   Expr *DimExpr,
4536                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4537  
4538    /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4539    /// pseudo-functions.
4540    ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4541                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
4542                                    Expr *Queried,
4543                                    SourceLocation RParen);
4544  
4545    ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4546                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
4547                                    Expr *Queried,
4548                                    SourceLocation RParen);
4549  
4550    ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4551                                            Expr *Base,
4552                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
4553                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4554                                            ParsedType &ObjectType,
4555                                            bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4556  
4557    ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4558  
4559    ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4560                                         SourceLocation OpLoc,
4561                                         tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4562                                         const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4563                                         TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4564                                         SourceLocation CCLoc,
4565                                         SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4566                                       PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4567                                         bool HasTrailingLParen);
4568  
4569    ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4570                                         SourceLocation OpLoc,
4571                                         tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4572                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4573                                         UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4574                                         SourceLocation CCLoc,
4575                                         SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4576                                         UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4577                                         bool HasTrailingLParen);
4578  
4579    ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4580                                         SourceLocation OpLoc,
4581                                         tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4582                                         SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4583                                         const DeclSpec& DS,
4584                                         bool HasTrailingLParen);
4585  
4586    /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4587    /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4588    /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4589    Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4590    Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4591    ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4592  
ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr * Expr)4593    ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4594      return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4595                                            : SourceLocation());
4596    }
4597    ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4598                                   bool DiscardedValue = false,
4599                                   bool IsConstexpr = false,
4600                                   bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4601    StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4602  
4603    // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4604    bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4605  
4606    DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4607    DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4608                                    bool EnteringContext = false);
4609    bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4610    CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4611  
4612    /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4613    ///
4614    /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4615    ///
4616    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4617    /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4618    ///
4619    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4620    bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4621  
4622    /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4623    ///
4624    /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4625    ///
4626    /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4627    ///
4628    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4629    /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4630    ///
4631    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4632    bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4633                                  SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4634  
4635    bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4636    NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4637  
4638    bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4639                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
4640                                      IdentifierInfo &II,
4641                                      ParsedType ObjectType);
4642  
4643    bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4644                                     IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4645                                     SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4646                                     SourceLocation CCLoc,
4647                                     QualType ObjectType,
4648                                     bool EnteringContext,
4649                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4650                                     NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4651                                     bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4652                                     bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4653  
4654    /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4655    ///
4656    /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4657    ///
4658    /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4659    ///
4660    /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4661    ///
4662    /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4663    ///
4664    /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4665    /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4666    ///
4667    /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4668    /// this nested-name-specifier.
4669    ///
4670    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4671    /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4672    /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4673    /// including this new type).
4674    ///
4675    /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4676    /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4677    ///
4678    /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4679    /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4680    /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4681    ///
4682    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4683    bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4684                                     IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4685                                     SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4686                                     SourceLocation CCLoc,
4687                                     ParsedType ObjectType,
4688                                     bool EnteringContext,
4689                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4690                                     bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4691                                     bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4692  
4693    ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4694  
4695    bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4696                                             const DeclSpec &DS,
4697                                             SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4698  
4699    bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4700                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4701                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4702                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4703                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4704                                   bool EnteringContext);
4705  
4706    /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4707    /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4708    ///
4709    /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4710    ///
4711    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4712    /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4713    /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4714    /// including this new type).
4715    ///
4716    /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4717    /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4718    /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4719    /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4720    /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4721    /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4722    /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4723    ///
4724    /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4725    /// nested-name-specifier.
4726    ///
4727    ///
4728    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4729    bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4730                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4731                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4732                                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
4733                                     SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4734                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4735                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4736                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4737                                     SourceLocation CCLoc,
4738                                     bool EnteringContext);
4739  
4740    /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4741    /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4742    /// nested-name-specifier.
4743    ///
4744    /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4745    ///
4746    /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4747    /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4748    void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4749  
4750    /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4751    /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4752    ///
4753    /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4754    /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4755    ///
4756    /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4757    ///
4758    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4759    /// of the annotation pointer.
4760    void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4761                                              SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4762                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4763  
4764    bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4765  
4766    /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4767    /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4768    /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4769    /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4770    /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4771    /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4772    bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4773  
4774    /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4775    /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4776    /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4777    /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4778    /// defining scope.
4779    void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4780  
4781    /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4782    /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4783    /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4784    /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4785    /// class X.
4786    void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4787  
4788    /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4789    /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4790    void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4791  
4792    /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4793    CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4794                                           TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4795                                           bool KnownDependent,
4796                                           LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4797  
4798    /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4799    CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4800                                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4801                                         TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4802                                         SourceLocation EndLoc,
4803                                         ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4804  
4805    /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4806    void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4807                          CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4808                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4809                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4810                          SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4811                          bool ExplicitParams,
4812                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4813                          bool Mutable);
4814  
4815    /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
4816    /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
4817    /// not being used to initialize a reference.
4818    QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
4819        bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
4820    /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
4821    ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
4822    ///
4823    ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
4824    ///  variables appropriately.
4825    VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4826      QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4827  
4828    /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4829    FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4830  
4831    /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4832    /// given lambda.
4833    void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4834  
4835    /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4836    void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4837  
4838    /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4839    /// statements present in the body.
4840    void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4841  
4842    /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4843    /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4844    /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4845    /// lambda.
4846    void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4847                                      Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4848  
4849    /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4850    /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4851    void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4852                          bool IsInstantiation = false);
4853  
4854    /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4855    /// was successfully completed.
4856    ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4857                               Scope *CurScope,
4858                               bool IsInstantiation = false);
4859  
4860    /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4861    /// function pointer.
4862    ///
4863    /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4864    /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4865    /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4866    /// block pointer conversion.
4867    void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4868           SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4869  
4870    /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4871    /// block pointer.
4872    ///
4873    /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4874    /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4875    /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4876    /// block pointer conversion.
4877    void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4878                                                      CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4879  
4880    ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4881                                             SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4882                                             CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4883                                             Expr *Src);
4884  
4885    // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4886    ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4887                                      Expr **Strings,
4888                                      unsigned NumStrings);
4889  
4890    ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4891  
4892    /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4893    /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4894    /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4895    ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4896    ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4897                                    bool Value);
4898    ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4899  
4900    /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4901    /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4902    /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4903    /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4904    /// "char *" or "const char *".
4905    ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4906  
4907    ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4908                                            Expr *IndexExpr,
4909                                            ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4910                                            ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4911  
4912    ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4913                                          ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4914                                          unsigned NumElements);
4915  
4916    ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4917                                    TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4918                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4919    ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4920                                      CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4921                                      bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4922  
4923    ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4924                                         SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4925                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4926                                         ParsedType Ty,
4927                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4928  
4929    /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4930    ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4931                                           SourceLocation AtLoc,
4932                                           SourceLocation SelLoc,
4933                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4934                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4935                                           bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
4936  
4937    /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4938    ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4939                                           SourceLocation AtLoc,
4940                                           SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4941                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4942                                           SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4943                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4944  
4945    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4946    // C++ Declarations
4947    //
4948    Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4949                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4950                                         Expr *LangStr,
4951                                         SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4952    Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4953                                          Decl *LinkageSpec,
4954                                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4955  
4956  
4957    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4958    // C++ Classes
4959    //
4960    bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4961                            const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4962    bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4963  
4964    bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4965                              SourceLocation ASLoc,
4966                              SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4967                              AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
4968  
4969    NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4970                                   Declarator &D,
4971                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4972                                   Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4973                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4974  
4975    void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
4976    void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
4977                                                SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4978                                                Expr *Init);
4979  
4980    MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4981                                      Scope *S,
4982                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4983                                      IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4984                                      ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4985                                      const DeclSpec &DS,
4986                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
4987                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4988                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4989                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4990                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4991  
4992    MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4993                                      Scope *S,
4994                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4995                                      IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4996                                      ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4997                                      const DeclSpec &DS,
4998                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
4999                                      Expr *InitList,
5000                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5001  
5002    MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5003                                      Scope *S,
5004                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5005                                      IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5006                                      ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5007                                      const DeclSpec &DS,
5008                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
5009                                      Expr *Init,
5010                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5011  
5012    MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5013                                         Expr *Init,
5014                                         SourceLocation IdLoc);
5015  
5016    MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5017                                       TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5018                                       Expr *Init,
5019                                       CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5020                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5021  
5022    MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5023                                             Expr *Init,
5024                                             CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5025  
5026    bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5027                                  CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5028  
5029    bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5030                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5031  
5032    void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5033  
5034  
5035    /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5036    /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5037    /// referenced.
5038    void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5039                                                CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5040  
5041    /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5042    /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5043    /// first use occurred.
5044    typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5045  
5046    /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5047    /// materialized.
5048    SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5049  
5050    /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5051    /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5052    /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5053    /// by code generation).
5054    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5055  
5056    /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5057    void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5058  
5059    typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
5060                       &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
5061      DynamicClassesType;
5062  
5063    /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
5064    /// unit.
5065    DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
5066  
5067    /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5068    /// given location.
5069    void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5070                        bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5071  
5072    /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5073    /// in the given class as needed.
5074    void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5075                                               const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5076  
5077    /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5078    /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5079    void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5080                                      const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5081  
5082    /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5083    /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5084    /// vtables.
5085    ///
5086    /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5087    bool DefineUsedVTables();
5088  
5089    void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5090  
5091    void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5092                              SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5093                              ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5094                              bool AnyErrors);
5095  
5096    void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5097    void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5098                                           Decl *TagDecl,
5099                                           SourceLocation LBrac,
5100                                           SourceLocation RBrac,
5101                                           AttributeList *AttrList);
5102    void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5103  
5104    void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5105    unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5106    void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5107    void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5108    void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5109    void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5110    void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5111    void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5112    void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5113                                  CachedTokens &Toks);
5114    void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5115    bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5116  
5117    Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5118                                       Expr *AssertExpr,
5119                                       Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5120                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5121    Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5122                                       Expr *AssertExpr,
5123                                       StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5124                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5125                                       bool Failed);
5126  
5127    FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5128                                    SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5129                                    TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5130    Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5131                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5132    NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5133                                       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5134  
5135    QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5136                                        StorageClass& SC);
5137    void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5138    QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5139                                       StorageClass& SC);
5140    bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5141    void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5142                                   StorageClass& SC);
5143    Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5144  
5145    void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5146    void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5147                                                     const FunctionProtoType *T);
5148    void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5149  
5150    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5151    // C++ Derived Classes
5152    //
5153  
5154    /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5155    CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5156                                         SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5157                                         bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5158                                         TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5159                                         SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5160  
5161    BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5162                                  SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5163                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5164                                  bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5165                                  ParsedType basetype,
5166                                  SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5167                                  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5168  
5169    bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5170                              unsigned NumBases);
5171    void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5172                             unsigned NumBases);
5173  
5174    bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5175    bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5176  
5177    // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5178    void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5179  
5180    bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5181  
5182    bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5183                                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5184                                      CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5185                                      bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5186    bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5187                                      unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5188                                      unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5189                                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5190                                      DeclarationName Name,
5191                                      CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5192  
5193    std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5194  
5195    bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5196                                           const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5197  
5198    /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5199    /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5200    bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5201                                           const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5202  
5203    /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5204    /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5205    bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5206                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5207  
5208    bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5209  
5210    /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5211    void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5212  
5213    /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5214    /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5215    void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5216  
5217    /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5218    /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5219    /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5220    bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5221                                                const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5222  
5223  
5224    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5225    // C++ Access Control
5226    //
5227  
5228    enum AccessResult {
5229      AR_accessible,
5230      AR_inaccessible,
5231      AR_dependent,
5232      AR_delayed
5233    };
5234  
5235    bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5236                                  NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5237                                  AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5238  
5239    AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5240                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5241    AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5242                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5243    AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5244                                       SourceRange PlacementRange,
5245                                       CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5246                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5247                                       bool Diagnose = true);
5248    AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5249                                        CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5250                                        const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5251                                        AccessSpecifier Access,
5252                                        bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5253    AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5254                                        CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5255                                        const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5256                                        AccessSpecifier Access,
5257                                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5258    AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5259                                       CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5260                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5261                                       QualType objectType = QualType());
5262    AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5263    AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5264                                   CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5265                                   DeclAccessPair Found);
5266    AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5267                                           Expr *ObjectExpr,
5268                                           Expr *ArgExpr,
5269                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5270    AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5271                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5272    AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5273                                      QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5274                                      const CXXBasePath &Path,
5275                                      unsigned DiagID,
5276                                      bool ForceCheck = false,
5277                                      bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5278    void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5279    bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5280    bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5281                                              AccessSpecifier access,
5282                                              QualType objectType);
5283  
5284    void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5285                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5286    void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5287                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5288  
5289    void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5290  
5291    /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5292    /// failures rather than hard errors.
5293    bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5294  
5295    enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5296      AbstractNone = -1,
5297      AbstractReturnType,
5298      AbstractParamType,
5299      AbstractVariableType,
5300      AbstractFieldType,
5301      AbstractIvarType,
5302      AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5303      AbstractArrayType
5304    };
5305  
5306    bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5307                                TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5308    template<typename T1>
RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1)5309    bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5310                                unsigned DiagID,
5311                                const T1 &Arg1) {
5312      BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
5313      return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5314    }
5315  
5316    template<typename T1, typename T2>
RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2)5317    bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5318                                unsigned DiagID,
5319                                const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
5320      BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
5321      return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5322    }
5323  
5324    template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const T1 & Arg1,const T2 & Arg2,const T3 & Arg3)5325    bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5326                                unsigned DiagID,
5327                                const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
5328      BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
5329      return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5330    }
5331  
5332    void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5333  
5334    bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5335                                AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5336  
5337    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5338    // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5339    //
5340  
5341    bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5342  
5343    bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5344  
5345    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5346    // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5347    //
5348    void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5349                                       bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5350    bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5351                                       bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5352  
5353    void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5354                            QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5355                            bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5356  
5357    TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5358                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5359                                    bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5360                                    UnqualifiedId &Name,
5361                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
5362                                    bool EnteringContext,
5363                                    TemplateTy &Template,
5364                                    bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5365  
5366    bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5367                                     SourceLocation IILoc,
5368                                     Scope *S,
5369                                     const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5370                                     TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5371                                     TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5372  
5373    void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5374    TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5375  
5376    Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5377                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5378                             SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5379                             IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5380                             SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5381                             unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5382                             SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5383                             ParsedType DefaultArg);
5384  
5385    QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5386    Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5387                                        unsigned Depth,
5388                                        unsigned Position,
5389                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5390                                        Expr *DefaultArg);
5391    Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5392                                         SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5393                                         TemplateParameterList *Params,
5394                                         SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5395                                         IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5396                                         SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5397                                         unsigned Depth,
5398                                         unsigned Position,
5399                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5400                                         ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5401  
5402    TemplateParameterList *
5403    ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5404                               SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5405                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5406                               SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5407                               Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5408                               SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5409  
5410    /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5411    enum TemplateParamListContext {
5412      TPC_ClassTemplate,
5413      TPC_VarTemplate,
5414      TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5415      TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5416      TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5417      TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5418      TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5419      TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5420    };
5421  
5422    bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5423                                    TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5424                                    TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5425    TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5426        SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5427        const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5428        ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5429        bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5430  
5431    DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5432                                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5433                                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5434                                  AttributeList *Attr,
5435                                  TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5436                                  AccessSpecifier AS,
5437                                  SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5438                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5439                                  unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5440                              TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5441  
5442    void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5443                                    TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5444  
5445    void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5446  
5447    QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5448                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5449                                TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5450  
5451    TypeResult
5452    ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5453                        TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5454                        SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5455                        ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5456                        SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5457                        bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5458  
5459    /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5460    /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5461    TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5462                                      TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5463                                      SourceLocation TagLoc,
5464                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5465                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5466                                      TemplateTy TemplateD,
5467                                      SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5468                                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5469                                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5470                                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5471  
5472    DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5473        Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5474        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5475        StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5476  
5477    DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5478                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5479                                  SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5480                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5481  
5482    ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5483                                  const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5484                                  VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5485                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5486                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5487  
5488    ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5489                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5490                                   LookupResult &R,
5491                                   bool RequiresADL,
5492                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5493  
5494    ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5495                                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5496                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5497                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5498  
5499    TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5500                                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5501                                                SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5502                                                UnqualifiedId &Name,
5503                                                ParsedType ObjectType,
5504                                                bool EnteringContext,
5505                                                TemplateTy &Template);
5506  
5507    DeclResult
5508    ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5509                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
5510                                     SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5511                                     TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5512                                     AttributeList *Attr,
5513                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5514  
5515    Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5516                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5517                                  Declarator &D);
5518  
5519    Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5520                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5521                                          Declarator &D);
5522  
5523    bool
5524    CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5525                                           TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5526                                           NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5527                                           TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5528                                           SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5529                                           bool &SuppressNew);
5530  
5531    bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5532                      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5533                                                      LookupResult &Previous);
5534  
5535    bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5536                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5537                                             LookupResult &Previous);
5538    bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5539  
5540    DeclResult
5541    ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5542                               SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5543                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5544                               unsigned TagSpec,
5545                               SourceLocation KWLoc,
5546                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5547                               TemplateTy Template,
5548                               SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5549                               SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5550                               ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5551                               SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5552                               AttributeList *Attr);
5553  
5554    DeclResult
5555    ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5556                               SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5557                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5558                               unsigned TagSpec,
5559                               SourceLocation KWLoc,
5560                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5561                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
5562                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
5563                               AttributeList *Attr);
5564  
5565    DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5566                                          SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5567                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5568                                          Declarator &D);
5569  
5570    TemplateArgumentLoc
5571    SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5572                                            SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5573                                            SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5574                                            Decl *Param,
5575                                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5576                                              &Converted,
5577                                            bool &HasDefaultArg);
5578  
5579    /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5580    /// argument is being checked.
5581    enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5582      /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5583      /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5584      CTAK_Specified,
5585  
5586      /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5587      /// deduction.
5588      CTAK_Deduced,
5589  
5590      /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5591      /// via template argument deduction.
5592      CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5593    };
5594  
5595    bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5596                               TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5597                               NamedDecl *Template,
5598                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5599                               SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5600                               unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5601                             SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5602                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5603  
5604    /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5605    /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5606    ///
5607    /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5608    /// provided.
5609    ///
5610    /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5611    ///
5612    /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5613    /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5614    /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5615    /// arguments.
5616    ///
5617    /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5618    /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5619    /// set of template arguments.
5620    ///
5621    /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5622    /// arguments.
5623    ///
5624    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5625    bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5626                                   SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5627                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5628                                   bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5629                             SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5630  
5631    bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5632                                   TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5633                             SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5634  
5635    bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5636                               TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5637    ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5638                                     QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5639                                     TemplateArgument &Converted,
5640                                 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5641    bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5642                               TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5643                               unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5644  
5645    ExprResult
5646    BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5647                                            QualType ParamType,
5648                                            SourceLocation Loc);
5649    ExprResult
5650    BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5651                                                SourceLocation Loc);
5652  
5653    /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5654    /// for equality.
5655    enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5656      /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5657      /// that might be redeclarations.
5658      ///
5659      /// \code
5660      /// template<typename T> struct X;
5661      /// template<typename T> struct X;
5662      /// \endcode
5663      TPL_TemplateMatch,
5664  
5665      /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5666      /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5667      /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5668      ///
5669      /// \code
5670      /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5671      /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5672      /// \endcode
5673      TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5674  
5675      /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5676      /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5677      /// template parameter.
5678      ///
5679      /// \code
5680      /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5681      /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5682      /// X<integer_c> xic;
5683      /// \endcode
5684      TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5685    };
5686  
5687    bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5688                                        TemplateParameterList *Old,
5689                                        bool Complain,
5690                                        TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5691                                        SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5692                                          = SourceLocation());
5693  
5694    bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5695  
5696    /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5697    /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5698    ///
5699    /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5700    /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5701    /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5702    /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5703    /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5704    TypeResult
5705    ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5706                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5707                      SourceLocation IdLoc);
5708  
5709    /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5710    /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5711    /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5712    ///
5713    /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5714    /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5715    /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5716    /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5717    /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5718    /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5719    /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5720    /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5721    /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5722    TypeResult
5723    ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5724                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5725                      SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5726                      TemplateTy TemplateName,
5727                      SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5728                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5729                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5730                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5731  
5732    QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5733                               SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5734                               NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5735                               const IdentifierInfo &II,
5736                               SourceLocation IILoc);
5737  
5738    TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5739                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
5740                                                      DeclarationName Name);
5741    bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5742  
5743    ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5744    bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5745                                                  TemplateParameterList *Params);
5746  
5747    std::string
5748    getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5749                                    const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5750  
5751    std::string
5752    getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5753                                    const TemplateArgument *Args,
5754                                    unsigned NumArgs);
5755  
5756    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5757    // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5758    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5759  
5760    /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
5761    /// location. Useful for error recovery.
5762    bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
5763  
5764    /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5765    /// being diagnosed.
5766    ///
5767    /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5768    /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5769    enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5770      /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5771      UPPC_Expression = 0,
5772  
5773      /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5774      UPPC_BaseType,
5775  
5776      /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5777      UPPC_DeclarationType,
5778  
5779      /// \brief The type of a data member.
5780      UPPC_DataMemberType,
5781  
5782      /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5783      UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5784  
5785      /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5786      UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5787  
5788      /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5789      UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5790  
5791      /// \brief The enumerator value.
5792      UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5793  
5794      /// \brief A using declaration.
5795      UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5796  
5797      /// \brief A friend declaration.
5798      UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5799  
5800      /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5801      UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5802  
5803      /// \brief An initializer.
5804      UPPC_Initializer,
5805  
5806      /// \brief A default argument.
5807      UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5808  
5809      /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5810      UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5811  
5812      /// \brief The type of an exception.
5813      UPPC_ExceptionType,
5814  
5815      /// \brief Partial specialization.
5816      UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5817  
5818      /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5819      UPPC_IfExists,
5820  
5821      /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5822      UPPC_IfNotExists,
5823  
5824      /// \brief Lambda expression.
5825      UPPC_Lambda,
5826  
5827      /// \brief Block expression,
5828      UPPC_Block
5829    };
5830  
5831    /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5832    ///
5833    /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5834    ///
5835    /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5836    /// parameter packs.
5837    ///
5838    /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5839    ///
5840    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5841    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5842                                          UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5843                                    ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5844  
5845    /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5846    /// diagnose the error.
5847    ///
5848    /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5849    ///
5850    /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5851    /// packs.
5852    ///
5853    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5854    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5855                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5856  
5857    /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5858    /// pack, diagnose the error.
5859    ///
5860    /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5861    /// parameter packs.
5862    ///
5863    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5864    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5865                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5866  
5867    /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5868    /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5869    ///
5870    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5871    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5872    ///
5873    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5874    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5875                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5876  
5877    /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5878    /// diagnose the error.
5879    ///
5880    /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5881    /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5882    ///
5883    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5884    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5885                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5886  
5887    /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5888    /// diagnose the error.
5889    ///
5890    /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5891    ///
5892    /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5893    /// parameter packs.
5894    ///
5895    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5896    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5897                                         TemplateName Template,
5898                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5899  
5900    /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5901    /// pack, diagnose the error.
5902    ///
5903    /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5904    /// parameter packs.
5905    ///
5906    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5907    bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5908                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5909  
5910    /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5911    /// template argument.
5912    ///
5913    /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5914    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5915    void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5916                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5917  
5918    /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5919    /// template argument.
5920    ///
5921    /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5922    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5923    void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5924                      SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5925  
5926    /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5927    /// type.
5928    ///
5929    /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5930    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5931    void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5932                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5933  
5934    /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5935    /// type.
5936    ///
5937    /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5938    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5939    void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5940                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5941  
5942    /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5943    /// nested-name-specifier.
5944    ///
5945    /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5946    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5947    void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5948                           SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5949  
5950    /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5951    /// name.
5952    ///
5953    /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5954    /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5955    void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5956                           SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5957  
5958    /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5959    /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5960    ///
5961    /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5962    /// may already be invalid.
5963    ///
5964    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5965    ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5966                                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5967  
5968    /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5969    /// creates a pack expansion.
5970    ///
5971    /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5972    /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5973    ///
5974    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5975    TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5976  
5977    /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5978    /// expansion.
5979    TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5980                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5981                                       Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5982  
5983    /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5984    /// expansion.
5985    QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5986                                SourceRange PatternRange,
5987                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5988                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5989  
5990    /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5991    /// creates a pack expansion.
5992    ///
5993    /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5994    /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5995    ///
5996    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5997    ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5998  
5999    /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6000    /// creates a pack expansion.
6001    ///
6002    /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6003    /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6004    ///
6005    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6006    ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6007                                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6008  
6009    /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6010    /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6011    /// transforming the pattern.
6012    ///
6013    /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6014    /// pack expansion.
6015    ///
6016    /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6017    /// the pack expansion.
6018    ///
6019    /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6020    /// pattern.
6021    ///
6022    /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6023    /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6024    /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6025    ///
6026    /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6027    /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6028    /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6029    /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6030    ///
6031    /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6032    /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6033    /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6034    /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6035    /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6036    /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6037    /// set this value in other cases.
6038    ///
6039    /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6040    /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6041    /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6042    /// must be set.
6043    bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6044                                         SourceRange PatternRange,
6045                               ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6046                               const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6047                                         bool &ShouldExpand,
6048                                         bool &RetainExpansion,
6049                                         Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6050  
6051    /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6052    /// type.
6053    ///
6054    /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6055    /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6056    ///
6057    /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6058    Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6059        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6060  
6061    /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6062    /// parameter packs.
6063    ///
6064    /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6065    /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6066    ///
6067    /// \code
6068    ///   void f(T...);
6069    /// \endcode
6070    ///
6071    /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6072    /// a variadic function.
6073    ///
6074    /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6075    /// false otherwise.
6076    bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6077  
6078    /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6079    ///
6080    /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6081    ///
6082    /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6083    ///
6084    /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6085    /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6086    TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6087        TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6088        SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6089        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6090  
6091    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6092    // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6093    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6094  
6095    QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6096  
6097    /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6098    ///
6099    /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6100    /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6101    /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6102    /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6103    /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6104    /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6105    /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6106    enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6107      /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6108      TDK_Success = 0,
6109      /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6110      TDK_Invalid,
6111      /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6112      /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6113      TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6114      /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6115      /// for every template parameter.
6116      TDK_Incomplete,
6117      /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6118      /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6119      TDK_Inconsistent,
6120      /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6121      /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6122      /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6123      /// but were given a non-const "X".
6124      TDK_Underqualified,
6125      /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6126      /// resulted in an error.
6127      TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6128      /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6129      /// corresponding component of the argument.
6130      TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6131      /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6132      /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6133      TDK_TooManyArguments,
6134      /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6135      /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6136      TDK_TooFewArguments,
6137      /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6138      /// template arguments for the given template.
6139      TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6140      /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6141      /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6142      TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6143      /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6144      TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6145    };
6146  
6147    TemplateDeductionResult
6148    DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6149                            const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6150                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6151  
6152    TemplateDeductionResult
6153    DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6154                            const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6155                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6156  
6157    TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6158        FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6159        TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6160        SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6161        SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6162        sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6163  
6164    /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6165    // deduction for a call.
6166    struct OriginalCallArg {
OriginalCallArgOriginalCallArg6167      OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6168                      unsigned ArgIdx,
6169                      QualType OriginalArgType)
6170        : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6171          OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6172  
6173      QualType OriginalParamType;
6174      unsigned ArgIdx;
6175      QualType OriginalArgType;
6176    };
6177  
6178    TemplateDeductionResult
6179    FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6180                        SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6181                                    unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6182                                    FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6183                                    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6184             SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr);
6185  
6186    TemplateDeductionResult
6187    DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6188                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6189                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6190                            FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6191                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6192  
6193    TemplateDeductionResult
6194    DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6195                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6196                            QualType ArgFunctionType,
6197                            FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6198                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6199                            bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6200  
6201    TemplateDeductionResult
6202    DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6203                            QualType ToType,
6204                            CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6205                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6206  
6207    TemplateDeductionResult
6208    DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6209                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6210                            FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6211                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6212                            bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6213  
6214    /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6215    QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6216    /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6217    TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6218                                            QualType Replacement);
6219  
6220    /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6221    enum DeduceAutoResult {
6222      DAR_Succeeded,
6223      DAR_Failed,
6224      DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6225    };
6226  
6227    DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6228                                    QualType &Result);
6229    DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6230                                    QualType &Result);
6231    void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6232    bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6233                          bool Diagnose = true);
6234  
6235    TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6236  
6237    bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6238                                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6239                                          Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6240  
6241    FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6242                                                     FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6243                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6244                                             TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6245                                                     unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6246                                                     unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6247    UnresolvedSetIterator
6248    getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6249                       TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6250                       SourceLocation Loc,
6251                       const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6252                       const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6253                       const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6254                       bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6255  
6256    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6257    getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6258                                    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6259                                    ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6260                                    SourceLocation Loc);
6261  
6262    VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6263        VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6264        VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6265  
6266    void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6267                                    bool OnlyDeduced,
6268                                    unsigned Depth,
6269                                    llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(const FunctionTemplateDecl * FunctionTemplate,llvm::SmallBitVector & Deduced)6270    void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6271                                    const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6272                                    llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6273      return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6274    }
6275    static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6276                                    const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6277                                    llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6278  
6279    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6280    // C++ Template Instantiation
6281    //
6282  
6283    MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6284    getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6285                                 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6286                                 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6287                                 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6288  
6289    /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6290    struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6291      /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6292      enum InstantiationKind {
6293        /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6294        /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6295        TemplateInstantiation,
6296  
6297        /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6298        /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6299        /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6300        /// arguments as specified.
6301        /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6302        DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6303  
6304        /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6305        /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6306        /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6307        DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6308  
6309        /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6310        /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6311        ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6312  
6313        /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6314        /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6315        /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6316        /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6317        /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6318        DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6319  
6320        /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6321        /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6322        /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6323        PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6324  
6325        /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6326        /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6327        DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6328  
6329        /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6330        /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6331        ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6332      } Kind;
6333  
6334      /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6335      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6336  
6337      /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6338      /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6339      /// arguments.
6340      NamedDecl *Template;
6341  
6342      /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6343      Decl *Entity;
6344  
6345      /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6346      /// are not part of the entity.
6347      const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6348  
6349      /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6350      unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6351  
6352      /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6353      /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6354      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6355  
6356      /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6357      /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6358      /// template instantiation.
6359      SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6360  
ActiveTemplateInstantiationActiveTemplateInstantiation6361      ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6362        : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6363          TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6364  
6365      /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6366      /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6367      bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6368  
6369      friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6370                             const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6371        if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6372          return false;
6373  
6374        if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6375          return false;
6376  
6377        switch (X.Kind) {
6378        case TemplateInstantiation:
6379        case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6380          return true;
6381  
6382        case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6383        case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6384          return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6385  
6386        case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6387        case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6388        case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6389        case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6390          return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6391  
6392        }
6393  
6394        llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6395      }
6396  
6397      friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6398                             const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6399        return !(X == Y);
6400      }
6401    };
6402  
6403    /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6404    ///
6405    /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6406    /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6407    /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6408    /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6409    SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6410      ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6411  
6412    /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6413    /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6414    SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6415  
6416    /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6417    /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6418    /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6419    llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6420  
6421    /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6422    /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6423    /// template defined within it.
6424    llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6425  
6426    /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6427    /// template instantiation.
6428    ///
6429    /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6430    /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6431    bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6432  
6433    /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6434    /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6435    /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6436    unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6437  
6438    /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6439    /// error or warning was produced.
6440    ///
6441    /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6442    /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6443    /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6444    /// to implement it anywhere else.
6445    ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6446  
6447    /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6448    /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6449    ///
6450    /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6451    /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6452    /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6453    int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6454  
6455    /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6456    /// within a \c Sema object.
6457    ///
6458    /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6459    class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6460      Sema &Self;
6461      int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6462  
6463    public:
ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema & Self,int NewSubstitutionIndex)6464      ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6465        : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6466        Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6467      }
6468  
~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII()6469      ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6470        Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6471      }
6472    };
6473  
6474    friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6475  
6476    /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6477    ///
6478    /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6479    /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6480    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6481  
6482    /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6483    /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6484    /// deduction.
6485    ///
6486    /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6487    typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6488      SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6489    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6490  
6491    /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6492    /// instantiation.
6493    ///
6494    /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6495    /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6496    /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6497    /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6498    /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6499    ///
6500    /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6501    /// the stack.
6502    struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6503      /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6504      /// function template, or a member thereof.
6505      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6506                            Decl *Entity,
6507                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6508  
6509      struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6510      /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6511      /// of a function template.
6512      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6513                            FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6514                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6515  
6516      /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6517      /// template-id.
6518      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6519                            TemplateDecl *Template,
6520                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6521                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6522  
6523      /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6524      /// template-id.
6525      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6526                            FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6527                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6528                            ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6529                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6530                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6531  
6532      /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6533      /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6534      /// specialization.
6535      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6536                            ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6537                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6538                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6539                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6540  
6541      /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6542      /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6543      /// specialization.
6544      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6545                            VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6546                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6547                            sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6548                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6549  
6550      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6551                            ParmVarDecl *Param,
6552                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6553                            SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6554  
6555      /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6556      /// non-type parameter.
6557      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6558                            NamedDecl *Template,
6559                            NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6560                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6561                            SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6562  
6563      /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6564      /// template template parameter.
6565      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6566                            NamedDecl *Template,
6567                            TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6568                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6569                            SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6570  
6571      /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6572      /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6573      InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6574                            TemplateDecl *Template,
6575                            NamedDecl *Param,
6576                            ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6577                            SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6578  
6579  
6580      /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6581      void Clear();
6582  
~InstantiatingTemplateInstantiatingTemplate6583      ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6584  
6585      /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6586      /// recursive template instantiations.
isInvalidInstantiatingTemplate6587      bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6588  
6589    private:
6590      Sema &SemaRef;
6591      bool Invalid;
6592      bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6593      bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6594                                   SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6595  
6596      // FIXME: Replace this with a constructor once we can use delegating
6597      // constructors in llvm.
6598      void Initialize(
6599          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6600          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6601          Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6602          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
6603          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6604  
6605      InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6606  
6607      InstantiatingTemplate&
6608      operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6609    };
6610  
6611    void PrintInstantiationStack();
6612  
6613    /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6614    /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6615    /// errors.
6616    ///
6617    /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6618    /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6619    /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6620    /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6621    Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6622  
6623    /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6624    /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
isUnevaluatedContext()6625    bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6626      assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6627             "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6628      return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6629    }
6630  
6631    /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6632    /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6633    /// deduction.
6634    class SFINAETrap {
6635      Sema &SemaRef;
6636      unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6637      bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6638      bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6639  
6640    public:
6641      explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
SemaRef(SemaRef)6642        : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6643          PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6644                                        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6645          PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6646      {
6647        if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6648          SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6649        SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6650      }
6651  
~SFINAETrap()6652      ~SFINAETrap() {
6653        SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6654        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6655          = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6656        SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6657      }
6658  
6659      /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
hasErrorOccurred()6660      bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6661        return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6662      }
6663    };
6664  
6665    /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6666    /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6667    /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6668    /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6669    class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6670      Sema &SemaRef;
6671      // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6672      SFINAETrap Trap;
6673      bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6674    public:
TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema & SemaRef)6675      explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6676          : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6677            PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6678        SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6679      }
~TentativeAnalysisScope()6680      ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6681        SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6682      }
6683    };
6684  
6685    /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6686    /// variables.
6687    LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6688  
6689    /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6690    /// disabled.
6691    bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6692  
6693    /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6694    unsigned TyposCorrected;
6695  
6696    typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6697    typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6698  
6699    /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6700    /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6701    /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6702    IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6703  
6704    /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6705    sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6706  
6707    /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6708    ///
6709    /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6710    /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6711    /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6712    /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6713    /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6714    /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6715    typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6716  
6717    /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6718    /// but have not yet been performed.
6719    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6720  
6721    class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
6722    public:
SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema & S)6723      SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6724        SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
6725        SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
6726      }
6727  
~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII()6728      ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
6729        // Restore the set of pending vtables.
6730        assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
6731               "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
6732        S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
6733  
6734        // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
6735        assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
6736               "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
6737        S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
6738      }
6739  
6740    private:
6741      Sema &S;
6742      SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
6743      std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
6744    };
6745  
6746    /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6747    /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6748    ///
6749    /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6750    /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6751    /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6752    /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6753    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6754  
6755    class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6756    public:
SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema & S)6757      SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6758        SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6759            S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6760      }
6761  
~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII()6762      ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6763        assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6764               "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6765        SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6766            S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6767      }
6768  
6769    private:
6770      Sema &S;
6771      std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6772      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6773    };
6774  
6775    void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6776  
6777    TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6778                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6779                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6780  
6781    QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6782                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6783                       SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6784  
6785    TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6786                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6787                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6788  
6789    TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6790                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6791                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6792                                          DeclarationName Entity,
6793                                          CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6794                                          unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6795    void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6796                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
6797    ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6798                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6799                                  int indexAdjustment,
6800                                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6801                                  bool ExpectParameterPack);
6802    bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6803                        ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6804                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6805                        SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6806                        SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6807    ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6808                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6809  
6810    /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6811    /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6812    ///
6813    /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6814    ///
6815    /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6816    ///
6817    /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6818    /// default arguments will be dropped.
6819    ///
6820    /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6821    ///
6822    /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6823    ///
6824    /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6825    bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6826                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6827                    SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6828  
6829    StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6830                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6831  
6832    Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6833                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6834  
6835    ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6836                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6837                         bool CXXDirectInit);
6838  
6839    bool
6840    SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6841                        CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6842                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6843  
6844    bool
6845    InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6846                     CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6847                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6848                     TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6849                     bool Complain = true);
6850  
6851    bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6852                         EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6853                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6854                         TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6855  
6856    bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
6857        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
6858        FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6859  
6860    struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6861      const Attr *TmplAttr;
6862      LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6863      Decl *NewDecl;
6864  
LateInstantiatedAttributeLateInstantiatedAttribute6865      LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6866                                Decl *D)
6867        : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6868      { }
6869    };
6870    typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6871  
6872    void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6873                          const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6874                          LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6875                          LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
6876  
6877    bool
6878    InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6879                             ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6880                             TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6881                             bool Complain = true);
6882  
6883    void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6884                                 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6885                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6886                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6887  
6888    void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6889                                            SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6890                             ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6891                                                  TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6892  
6893    NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6894    SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6895                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6896  
6897    DeclarationNameInfo
6898    SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6899                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6900    TemplateName
6901    SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6902                      SourceLocation Loc,
6903                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6904    bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6905               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6906               const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6907  
6908    void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6909                                  FunctionDecl *Function);
6910    void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6911                                       FunctionDecl *Function,
6912                                       bool Recursive = false,
6913                                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6914    VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6915        VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6916        const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6917        const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6918        SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6919        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6920        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6921        LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
6922    VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6923        VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6924        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6925    void
6926    BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6927                               const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6928                               LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6929                               DeclContext *Owner,
6930                               LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6931                               bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6932    void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6933        VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6934        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6935    void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6936                                       VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6937                                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6938    void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6939                                       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6940                                       VarDecl *Var,
6941                                       bool Recursive = false,
6942                                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6943  
6944    void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6945                                    const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6946                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6947  
6948    NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6949                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6950    DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6951                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6952  
6953    // Objective-C declarations.
6954    enum ObjCContainerKind {
6955      OCK_None = -1,
6956      OCK_Interface = 0,
6957      OCK_Protocol,
6958      OCK_Category,
6959      OCK_ClassExtension,
6960      OCK_Implementation,
6961      OCK_CategoryImplementation
6962    };
6963    ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6964  
6965    Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6966                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6967                                   SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6968                                   IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6969                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6970                                   Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6971                                   unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6972                                   const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6973                                   SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6974                                   AttributeList *AttrList);
6975  
6976    void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6977                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6978                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6979  
6980    Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6981                      SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6982                      IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6983                      IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6984  
6985    bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6986      IdentifierInfo *PName,
6987      SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6988      const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6989  
6990    Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6991                      SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6992                      IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6993                      Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6994                      const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6995                      SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6996                      AttributeList *AttrList);
6997  
6998    Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6999                                      IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7000                                      SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7001                                      IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7002                                      SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7003                                      Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7004                                      unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7005                                      const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7006                                      SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7007  
7008    Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7009                      SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7010                      IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7011                      IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7012                      SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7013  
7014    Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7015                                           IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7016                                           SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7017                                           IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7018                                           SourceLocation CatLoc);
7019  
7020    DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7021                                                 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7022  
7023    DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7024                                       IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7025                                       SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7026                                       unsigned NumElts);
7027  
7028    DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7029                                          const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
7030                                          unsigned NumElts,
7031                                          AttributeList *attrList);
7032  
7033    void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
7034                                 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
7035                                 unsigned NumProtocols,
7036                                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7037  
7038    /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7039    /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7040    /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7041    void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7042                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7043                                     unsigned &Attributes,
7044                                     bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7045  
7046    /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7047    /// setters and getters as needed.
7048    /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7049    /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
7050    /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
7051    ///        in class extension.
7052    /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
7053    void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
7054                             ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
7055                             ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
7056                             ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7057  
7058  
7059    void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7060                                  ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7061                                  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7062                                  bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7063  
7064    void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7065                                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7066  
7067    Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7068                     ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7069                     ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7070  
7071    Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7072                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7073                        FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7074                        Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7075                        bool *OverridingProperty,
7076                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7077                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7078  
7079    Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7080                                SourceLocation AtLoc,
7081                                SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7082                                bool ImplKind,
7083                                IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7084                                IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7085                                SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
7086  
7087    enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7088      OSMK_None,
7089      OSMK_Alloc,
7090      OSMK_New,
7091      OSMK_Copy,
7092      OSMK_RetainingInit,
7093      OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7094    };
7095  
7096    struct ObjCArgInfo {
7097      IdentifierInfo *Name;
7098      SourceLocation NameLoc;
7099      // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7100      // in this case.
7101      ParsedType Type;
7102      ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7103  
7104      /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7105      AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7106    };
7107  
7108    Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7109      Scope *S,
7110      SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7111      SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
7112      tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7113      ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7114      ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7115      // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7116      // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7117      ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7118      DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7119      AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7120      bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7121  
7122    ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7123                                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7124                                                bool IsInstance);
7125    ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7126                                             bool IsInstance);
7127  
7128    bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7129    bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7130  
7131    ExprResult
7132    HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7133                              Expr *BaseExpr,
7134                              SourceLocation OpLoc,
7135                              DeclarationName MemberName,
7136                              SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7137                              SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7138                              bool Super);
7139  
7140    ExprResult
7141    ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7142                              IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7143                              SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7144                              SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7145  
7146    ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7147  
7148    /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7149    /// send that starts with an identifier.
7150    enum ObjCMessageKind {
7151      /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7152      ObjCSuperMessage,
7153      /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7154      ObjCInstanceMessage,
7155      /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7156      /// name.
7157      ObjCClassMessage
7158    };
7159  
7160    ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7161                                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
7162                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
7163                                       bool IsSuper,
7164                                       bool HasTrailingDot,
7165                                       ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7166  
7167    ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7168                                 Selector Sel,
7169                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7170                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7171                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7172                                 MultiExprArg Args);
7173  
7174    ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7175                                 QualType ReceiverType,
7176                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7177                                 Selector Sel,
7178                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7179                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7180                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7181                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7182                                 MultiExprArg Args,
7183                                 bool isImplicit = false);
7184  
7185    ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7186                                         bool isSuperReceiver,
7187                                         SourceLocation Loc,
7188                                         Selector Sel,
7189                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7190                                         MultiExprArg Args);
7191  
7192    ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7193                                 ParsedType Receiver,
7194                                 Selector Sel,
7195                                 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7196                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7197                                 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7198                                 MultiExprArg Args);
7199  
7200    ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7201                                    QualType ReceiverType,
7202                                    SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7203                                    Selector Sel,
7204                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7205                                    SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7206                                    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7207                                    SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7208                                    MultiExprArg Args,
7209                                    bool isImplicit = false);
7210  
7211    ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7212                                            QualType ReceiverType,
7213                                            SourceLocation Loc,
7214                                            Selector Sel,
7215                                            ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7216                                            MultiExprArg Args);
7217  
7218    ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7219                                    Expr *Receiver,
7220                                    Selector Sel,
7221                                    SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7222                                    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7223                                    SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7224                                    MultiExprArg Args);
7225  
7226    ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7227                                    ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7228                                    SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7229                                    TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7230                                    Expr *SubExpr);
7231  
7232    ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7233                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7234                                    ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7235                                    SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7236                                    ParsedType Type,
7237                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7238                                    Expr *SubExpr);
7239  
7240    void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7241  
7242    void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7243  
7244    bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7245                                       CastKind &Kind);
7246  
7247    bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7248                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7249                                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7250                                          ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7251                                          ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7252                                          TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7253                                          bool CfToNs);
7254  
7255    bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7256                                           QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7257                                           Expr *&SrcExpr);
7258  
7259    bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7260  
7261    bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7262  
7263    /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7264    /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7265    void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7266                                 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7267  
7268    /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7269    enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7270      RTC_Compatible,
7271      RTC_Incompatible,
7272      RTC_Unknown
7273    };
7274  
7275    void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7276                                  ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7277                                  ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7278  
7279    enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7280      POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
7281      POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7282      POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
7283      POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
7284      POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
7285      POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
7286    };
7287  
7288    /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7289    void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7290                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7291  
7292    enum PragmaPackKind {
7293      PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7294      PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7295      PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7296      PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7297    };
7298  
7299    enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7300      PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
7301      PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
7302    };
7303  
7304    enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7305      PCK_Unknown,
7306      PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7307      PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7308      PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7309      PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7310      PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7311    };
7312  
7313    /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7314    void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7315                         IdentifierInfo *Name,
7316                         Expr *Alignment,
7317                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7318                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7319                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7320  
7321    /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7322    void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7323  
7324    /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7325    /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7326    void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7327  
7328    /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7329    /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7330    /// representation]).
7331    void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7332        LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7333        SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7334  
7335    /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7336    void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7337                               MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7338  
7339    enum PragmaSectionKind {
7340      PSK_DataSeg,
7341      PSK_BSSSeg,
7342      PSK_ConstSeg,
7343      PSK_CodeSeg,
7344    };
7345  
7346    bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7347                      int SectionFlags,
7348                      DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7349    bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7350                      int SectionFlags,
7351                      SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7352  
7353    /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7354    void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7355                          PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7356                          llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7357                          StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7358                          llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7359  
7360    /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7361    void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7362                              int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7363  
7364    /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7365    void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7366                              StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7367  
7368    /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7369    void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7370  
7371    /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7372    void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7373                           Scope *curScope,
7374                           SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7375  
7376    /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7377    void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7378                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7379  
7380    NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7381                                   SourceLocation Loc);
7382    void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7383  
7384    /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7385    void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7386                           SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7387                           SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7388  
7389    /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7390    /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7391    void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7392                                    IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7393                                    SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7394                                    SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7395                                    SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7396  
7397    /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7398    void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7399                              IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7400                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7401                              SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7402                              SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7403  
7404    /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7405    /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7406    void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7407  
7408    /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7409    /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7410    void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7411  
7412    /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7413    void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7414  
7415    /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7416    void FreePackedContext();
7417  
7418    /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7419    /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7420    void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7421                                     SourceLocation Loc);
7422  
7423    /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7424    /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7425    void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7426  
7427    /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7428    /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7429    void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7430  
7431    /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7432    void FreeVisContext();
7433  
7434    /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7435    /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7436    /// the appropriate attribute.
7437    void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7438  
7439    /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7440    void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7441  
7442    /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7443    /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation()7444    SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7445      return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7446    }
7447  
7448    /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7449    /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7450    /// with attribute optnone.
7451    void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7452  
7453    /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7454    /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7455    /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7456    void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7457  
7458    /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7459    void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7460                        unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7461    void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7462                        unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7463  
7464    /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7465    /// declaration.
7466    void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7467                              unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7468  
7469    /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7470    /// declaration.
7471    void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7472                           unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7473  
7474    // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7475  private:
7476    void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7477    /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7478    void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7479    void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7480    ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
7481                                                     OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
7482    /// \brief Checks if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7483    /// clauses in OpenMP constructs.
7484    bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
7485  
7486  public:
7487    ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7488                                                      Expr *Op);
7489    /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7490    void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7491                             const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7492                             SourceLocation Loc);
7493    /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7494    void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7495  
7496    // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7497    /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7498    /// threadprivate'.
7499    ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7500                                       CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7501                                       const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7502    /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7503    DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7504                                       SourceLocation Loc,
7505                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7506    /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7507    OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7508                                       SourceLocation Loc,
7509                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7510  
7511    /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7512    void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7513    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7514                                              const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7515                                              ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7516                                              Stmt *AStmt,
7517                                              SourceLocation StartLoc,
7518                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
7519    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7520    /// of the  associated statement.
7521    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7522                                            Stmt *AStmt,
7523                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7524                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7525    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7526    /// of the associated statement.
7527    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7528        ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7529        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7530        llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7531    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7532    /// of the associated statement.
7533    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7534        ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7535        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7536        llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7537    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
7538    /// of the associated statement.
7539    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
7540        ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7541        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7542        llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7543    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7544    /// of the associated statement.
7545    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7546                                            Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7547                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7548    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7549    /// associated statement.
7550    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7551                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7552    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7553    /// associated statement.
7554    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7555                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7556                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7557    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7558    /// associated statement.
7559    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7560                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7561    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7562    /// associated statement.
7563    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7564                                            Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7565                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7566    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7567    /// of the  associated statement.
7568    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7569        ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7570        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7571        llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7572    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
7573    /// parsing of the  associated statement.
7574    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
7575        ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7576        SourceLocation EndLoc,
7577        llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7578    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7579    /// parsing of the  associated statement.
7580    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7581                                                    Stmt *AStmt,
7582                                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
7583                                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
7584    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7585    /// associated statement.
7586    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7587                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7588                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7589    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7590    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7591                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
7592    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7593    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7594                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7595    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7596    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7597                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7598    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7599    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7600                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7601                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7602    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
7603    /// associated statement.
7604    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7605                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7606    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
7607    /// associated statement.
7608    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7609                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7610                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7611    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
7612    /// associated statement.
7613    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7614                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7615                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7616    /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
7617    /// associated statement.
7618    StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7619                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7620                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7621  
7622    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7623                                           Expr *Expr,
7624                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7625                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7626                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7627    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7628    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7629                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7630                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
7631    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7632    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7633                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7634                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7635    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7636    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7637                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7638                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7639                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7640    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7641    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7642                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7643                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7644                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7645    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
7646    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
7647                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7648                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7649                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7650  
7651    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7652                                       unsigned Argument,
7653                                       SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7654                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7655                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7656                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7657    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7658    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7659                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
7660                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7661                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7662                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7663    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
7664    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
7665                                         SourceLocation KindLoc,
7666                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7667                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7668                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7669  
7670    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7671                                                  unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
7672                                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
7673                                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7674                                                  SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7675                                                  SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7676                                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
7677    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
7678    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
7679                                         Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7680                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7681                                         SourceLocation KindLoc,
7682                                         SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7683                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7684  
7685    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7686                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7687    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
7688    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7689                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7690    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
7691    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7692                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7693    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
7694    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7695                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7696    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
7697    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7698                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7699    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
7700    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7701                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7702    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
7703    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7704                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7705    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
7706    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7707                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7708    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
7709    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7710                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7711    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
7712    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7713                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7714  
7715    OMPClause *
7716    ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7717                             Expr *TailExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7718                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7719                             SourceLocation EndLoc,
7720                             CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7721                             const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7722    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7723    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7724                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7725                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7726                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7727    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7728    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7729                                             SourceLocation StartLoc,
7730                                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7731                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
7732    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
7733    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7734                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7735                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7736                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7737    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7738    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7739                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7740                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7741                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7742    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
7743    OMPClause *
7744    ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7745                               SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7746                               SourceLocation EndLoc,
7747                               CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7748                               const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7749    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
7750    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7751                                       Expr *Step,
7752                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7753                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7754                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7755                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7756    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
7757    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7758                                        Expr *Alignment,
7759                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7760                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7761                                        SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7762                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7763    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
7764    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7765                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7766                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7767                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7768    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
7769    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7770                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7771                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7772                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7773    /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
7774    OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7775                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7776                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7777                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7778  
7779    /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7780    enum CheckedConversionKind {
7781      /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7782      CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7783      /// \brief A C-style cast.
7784      CCK_CStyleCast,
7785      /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7786      CCK_FunctionalCast,
7787      /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7788      CCK_OtherCast
7789    };
7790  
7791    /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7792    /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7793    /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7794    ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7795                                 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7796                                 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7797                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK
7798                                    = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7799  
7800    /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7801    /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7802    static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7803  
7804    /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7805    /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7806    /// required.
7807    ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7808  
7809    // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7810    // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7811    ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7812  
7813    /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
7814    /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
7815    ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7816  
7817    // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7818    // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7819    ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7820  
7821    // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7822    // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7823    // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7824    ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7825  
7826    // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7827    // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7828    // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7829    // type.
7830    ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7831  
7832    // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7833    // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7834    // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7835    ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7836  
7837    // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7838    enum VariadicCallType {
7839      VariadicFunction,
7840      VariadicBlock,
7841      VariadicMethod,
7842      VariadicConstructor,
7843      VariadicDoesNotApply
7844    };
7845  
7846    VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7847                                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7848                                         Expr *Fn);
7849  
7850    // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7851    // vararg function.
7852    enum VarArgKind {
7853      VAK_Valid,
7854      VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7855      VAK_Undefined,
7856      VAK_MSVCUndefined,
7857      VAK_Invalid
7858    };
7859  
7860    // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7861    VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7862  
7863    /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7864    /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7865    void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7866  
7867    /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
7868    bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
7869  
7870    /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7871    /// form of call prototypes.
7872    bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7873                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7874                                unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7875                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7876                                VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7877                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
7878                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
7879  
7880    // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7881    // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7882    ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7883                                                FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7884  
7885    // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7886    // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7887    // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7888    // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7889    // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7890    QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7891                                        bool IsCompAssign = false);
7892  
7893    /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7894    /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7895    /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7896    /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7897    /// source and destination type.
7898    enum AssignConvertType {
7899      /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7900      Compatible,
7901  
7902      /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7903      /// accept as an extension.
7904      PointerToInt,
7905  
7906      /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7907      /// accept as an extension.
7908      IntToPointer,
7909  
7910      /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7911      /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7912      FunctionVoidPointer,
7913  
7914      /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7915      /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7916      IncompatiblePointer,
7917  
7918      /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7919      /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7920      /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7921      /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7922      IncompatiblePointerSign,
7923  
7924      /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7925      /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7926      CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7927  
7928      /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7929      /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7930      /// like address spaces.
7931      IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7932  
7933      /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7934      /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7935      /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7936      /// extension.
7937      IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7938  
7939      /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7940      /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7941      IncompatibleVectors,
7942  
7943      /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7944      /// pointer. We disallow this.
7945      IntToBlockPointer,
7946  
7947      /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7948      /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7949      IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7950  
7951      /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7952      /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7953      /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7954      IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7955  
7956      /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7957      /// object with __weak qualifier.
7958      IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7959  
7960      /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7961      /// represent it in the AST.
7962      Incompatible
7963    };
7964  
7965    /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7966    /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7967    /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7968    bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7969                                  SourceLocation Loc,
7970                                  QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7971                                  Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7972                                  bool *Complained = nullptr);
7973  
7974    /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7975    /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7976    void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7977                                Expr *SrcExpr);
7978  
7979    /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7980    /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7981    /// C99 6.5.16.
7982    AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7983                                                 QualType LHSType,
7984                                                 QualType RHSType);
7985  
7986    /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7987    /// RHS to the LHS type.
7988    AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7989                                                 ExprResult &RHS,
7990                                                 CastKind &Kind);
7991  
7992    // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7993    // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7994    // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7995    AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7996                                                       ExprResult &RHS,
7997                                                       bool Diagnose = true,
7998                                                       bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7999  
8000    // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8001    // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8002    AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8003                                                               ExprResult &RHS);
8004  
8005    bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8006  
8007    bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8008  
8009    ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8010                                         AssignmentAction Action,
8011                                         bool AllowExplicit = false);
8012    ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8013                                         AssignmentAction Action,
8014                                         bool AllowExplicit,
8015                                         ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8016    ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8017                                         const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8018                                         AssignmentAction Action,
8019                                         CheckedConversionKind CCK
8020                                            = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8021    ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8022                                         const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8023                                         AssignmentAction Action,
8024                                         CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8025  
8026    /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8027    /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8028  
8029    /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8030    QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8031                             ExprResult &RHS);
8032    QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8033      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8034      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8035    QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8036      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8037      bool IsDivide);
8038    QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8039      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8040      bool IsCompAssign = false);
8041    QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8042      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
8043      QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8044    QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8045      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8046      QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8047    QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8048      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
8049      bool IsCompAssign = false);
8050    QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8051      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
8052                                  bool isRelational);
8053    QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8054      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8055      bool IsCompAssign = false);
8056    QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8057      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
8058    // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8059    // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8060    // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8061    QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8062      Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8063  
8064    ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8065                                       UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8066    ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8067                                           BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8068                                           Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8069    ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8070    Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8071  
8072    QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8073      ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8074      ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8075    QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8076      ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8077      ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8078    QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8079                                      bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8080    QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8081                                      ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8082                                      bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8083      Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8084      QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8085                                                    NonStandardCompositeType);
8086      E1 = E1Tmp;
8087      E2 = E2Tmp;
8088      return Composite;
8089    }
8090  
8091    QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8092                                          SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8093  
8094    bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8095                                    SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8096  
8097    void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8098                                      Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8099                                      bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8100  
8101    /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8102    QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8103                                 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
8104    QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8105    QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8106                                        SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8107    QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8108                                        SourceLocation Loc);
8109  
8110    bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8111  
8112    /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8113    bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8114  
8115    // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8116  
8117    /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8118    /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8119    /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8120    enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8121      /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8122      /// reference binding is not possible.
8123      Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8124      /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8125      /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8126      /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8127      Ref_Related,
8128      /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8129      /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8130      /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8131      /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8132      Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8133      /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8134      /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8135      Ref_Compatible
8136    };
8137  
8138    ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8139                                                        QualType T1, QualType T2,
8140                                                        bool &DerivedToBase,
8141                                                        bool &ObjCConversion,
8142                                                  bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8143  
8144    ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8145                                   Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8146                                   ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8147  
8148    /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8149    /// given type.
8150    ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8151  
8152    /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8153    /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8154    ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8155                                  Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
8156  
8157    // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8158    // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8159    // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8160    // returns true if the cast is invalid
8161    bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8162                         CastKind &Kind);
8163  
8164    // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8165    // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8166    // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8167    // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8168    // returns the cast expr
8169    ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8170                                  CastKind &Kind);
8171  
8172    ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8173                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8174                                          Expr *CastExpr,
8175                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8176  
8177    enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
8178  
8179    /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8180    /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8181    ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8182                                               QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8183                                               CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8184                                               bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8185                                               BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8186                                               );
8187  
8188    Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8189    void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8190  
8191    bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8192                                               QualType ExprType);
8193  
8194    /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8195    /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8196    void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8197    void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8198    void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8199  
8200    /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8201    /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8202    bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8203  
8204    /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8205    /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8206    void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8207  
8208    /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8209    /// \param Method - May be null.
8210    /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8211    /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8212    bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8213                                   MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8214                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8215                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8216                                   bool isSuperMessage,
8217                                   SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8218                                   SourceRange RecRange,
8219                                   QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8220  
8221    /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8222    /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8223    /// and the form of the message send.
8224    QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8225                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8226                                      bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8227  
8228    /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8229    /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8230    void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8231  
8232    /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8233    /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8234    /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8235    void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8236  
8237    /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
8238    /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
8239    /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
8240    /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8241    ///
8242    /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8243    /// 'if' keyword.
8244    /// \return true iff there were any errors
8245    ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8246  
8247    ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8248                                     Expr *SubExpr);
8249  
8250    /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8251    /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8252    void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8253  
8254    /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8255    /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8256    void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8257  
8258    /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8259    ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8260  
8261    /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8262    /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8263    /// the specified diagnostic.
8264    void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8265                                            unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8266                                            SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8267  
8268    /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8269    /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8270    /// in the global scope.
8271    bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8272  
8273    /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8274    /// expression violations.
8275    class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8276    public:
8277      bool Suppress;
8278  
Suppress(Suppress)8279      VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8280  
8281      virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8282      virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
~VerifyICEDiagnoser()8283      virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8284    };
8285  
8286    /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8287    /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8288    /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8289    ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8290                                               VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8291                                               bool AllowFold = true);
8292    ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8293                                               unsigned DiagID,
8294                                               bool AllowFold = true);
8295    ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8296                                               llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8297  
8298    /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8299    /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8300    /// Returns false on success.
8301    /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8302    ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8303                              QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8304                              Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8305  
8306    enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8307      CFT_Device,
8308      CFT_Global,
8309      CFT_Host,
8310      CFT_HostDevice,
8311      CFT_InvalidTarget
8312    };
8313  
8314    CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8315  
8316    bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8317  
8318    /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
8319    /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
8320    /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
8321    /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
8322    /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
8323    /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
8324    ///        its RHS.
8325    /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
8326    /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
8327    /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
8328    /// the member declaration.
8329    bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
8330                                                 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
8331                                                 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
8332                                                 bool ConstRHS,
8333                                                 bool Diagnose);
8334  
8335    /// \name Code completion
8336    //@{
8337    /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8338    enum ParserCompletionContext {
8339      /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8340      PCC_Namespace,
8341      /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8342      PCC_Class,
8343      /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8344      /// or category.
8345      PCC_ObjCInterface,
8346      /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8347      /// category implementation
8348      PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8349      /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8350      /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8351      PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8352      /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8353      /// headers.
8354      PCC_Template,
8355      /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8356      /// headers within a class.
8357      PCC_MemberTemplate,
8358      /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8359      PCC_Expression,
8360      /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8361      /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8362      PCC_Statement,
8363      /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8364      /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8365      PCC_ForInit,
8366      /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8367      /// while, switch, or for statement.
8368      PCC_Condition,
8369      /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8370      /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8371      /// in the grammar.
8372      PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8373      /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8374      PCC_Type,
8375      /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8376      /// might also be a type cast.
8377      PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8378      /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8379      /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8380      PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8381    };
8382  
8383    void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8384    void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8385                                  ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8386    void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8387                              bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8388                              bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8389  
8390    struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8391    void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8392                                const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8393    void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8394                                         SourceLocation OpLoc,
8395                                         bool IsArrow);
8396    void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8397    void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8398    void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8399    void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8400    void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8401    void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8402    void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8403    void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8404    void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8405  
8406    void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8407                                 bool EnteringContext);
8408    void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8409    void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8410    void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8411    void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8412    void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8413    void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8414                                  Decl *Constructor,
8415                                  ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8416  
8417    void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8418                                      bool AfterAmpersand);
8419  
8420    void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8421    void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8422    void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8423    void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8424    void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8425    void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8426    void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8427    void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8428                                     bool IsParameter);
8429    void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8430    void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8431                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8432                                      bool AtArgumentExpression);
8433    void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8434                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8435                                      bool AtArgumentExpression,
8436                                      bool IsSuper = false);
8437    void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8438                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8439                                         bool AtArgumentExpression,
8440                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8441    void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8442                                       DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8443    void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8444                                  ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8445    void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
8446                                            unsigned NumProtocols);
8447    void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8448    void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8449    void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8450                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8451                                    SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8452    void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8453    void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8454                                           IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8455                                           SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8456    void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8457                                                IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8458                                                SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8459    void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8460    void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8461                                                IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8462    void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8463                                    bool IsInstanceMethod,
8464                                    ParsedType ReturnType);
8465    void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8466                                            bool IsInstanceMethod,
8467                                            bool AtParameterName,
8468                                            ParsedType ReturnType,
8469                                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8470    void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8471    void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8472    void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8473    void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8474    void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8475                                               IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8476                                               MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8477                                               unsigned Argument);
8478    void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8479    void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8480                                     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8481                    SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8482    //@}
8483  
8484    //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8485    // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8486  
8487  public:
8488    SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8489                                                  unsigned ByteNo) const;
8490  
8491  private:
8492    void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8493                          const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8494                          bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8495    void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8496    // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8497    // FunctionDeclaration.
8498    struct FormatStringInfo {
8499      unsigned FormatIdx;
8500      unsigned FirstDataArg;
8501      bool HasVAListArg;
8502    };
8503  
8504    bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8505                             FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8506    bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8507                           const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8508    bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8509                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8510    bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8511                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8512    bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8513    void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8514                              ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8515                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8516                              SourceLocation Loc);
8517  
8518    void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8519                   unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
8520                   SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
8521  
8522    bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8523  
8524    ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8525  		                      unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8526  
8527    bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8528                                      unsigned MaxWidth);
8529    bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8530    bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8531  
8532    bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8533    bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8534    bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8535  
8536    bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8537    bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8538    bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8539    bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
8540  
8541  public:
8542    // Used by C++ template instantiation.
8543    ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
8544    ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8545                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8546                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8547  
8548  private:
8549    bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
8550    bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
8551    bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
8552    bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8553    bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8554    ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
8555    ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
8556                                       AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
8557    bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8558                                llvm::APSInt &Result);
8559    bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8560                                     int Low, int High);
8561  
8562  public:
8563    enum FormatStringType {
8564      FST_Scanf,
8565      FST_Printf,
8566      FST_NSString,
8567      FST_Strftime,
8568      FST_Strfmon,
8569      FST_Kprintf,
8570      FST_Unknown
8571    };
8572    static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
8573  
8574    void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
8575                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
8576                           unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
8577                           FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
8578                           VariadicCallType CallType,
8579                           llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8580  
8581    bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
8582  
8583    bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
8584  
8585  private:
8586    bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
8587                              ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8588                              bool IsCXXMember,
8589                              VariadicCallType CallType,
8590                              SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8591                              llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8592    bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8593                              bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
8594                              unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
8595                              VariadicCallType CallType,
8596                              SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
8597                              llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8598  
8599    void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8600                                    const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8601                                    IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
8602  
8603    void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8604                                 unsigned BId,
8605                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8606  
8607    void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8608                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8609  
8610    void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8611                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8612  
8613    void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8614                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8615                            bool isObjCMethod = false,
8616                            const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
8617                            const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
8618  
8619    void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
8620    void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
8621    void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8622    void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
8623    void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
8624  
8625    /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
8626    /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
8627    void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
8628                            bool IsConstexpr = false);
8629  
8630    void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
8631                                     Expr *Init);
8632  
8633    /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
8634    /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
8635    void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
8636  
8637  public:
8638    /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
8639    void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
8640                                    uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
8641                                    bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
8642  
8643    struct TypeTagData {
TypeTagDataTypeTagData8644      TypeTagData() {}
8645  
TypeTagDataTypeTagData8646      TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
8647          Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
8648          MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
8649      {}
8650  
8651      QualType Type;
8652  
8653      /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
8654      /// layout-compatibility.
8655      unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
8656      unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
8657    };
8658  
8659    /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
8660    /// identifies the magic value.
8661    typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
8662  
8663  private:
8664    /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
8665    std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
8666        TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
8667  
8668    /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
8669    /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
8670    void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
8671                                  const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
8672  
8673    /// \brief The parser's current scope.
8674    ///
8675    /// The parser maintains this state here.
8676    Scope *CurScope;
8677  
8678    mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
8679    mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
8680  
8681  protected:
8682    friend class Parser;
8683    friend class InitializationSequence;
8684    friend class ASTReader;
8685    friend class ASTWriter;
8686  
8687  public:
8688    /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
8689    ///
8690    /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
8691    /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
8692    /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
8693    /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
8694    /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
8695    /// template substitution or instantiation.
getCurScope()8696    Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
8697  
incrementMSLocalManglingNumber()8698    void incrementMSLocalManglingNumber() const {
8699      return CurScope->incrementMSLocalManglingNumber();
8700    }
8701  
8702    IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
8703    IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
8704  
8705    Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
8706  
getCurLexicalContext()8707    DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
8708      return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
8709    }
8710  
8711    AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
8712  
getCurObjCLexicalContext()8713    const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
8714      const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
8715      // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
8716      if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
8717        DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
8718      return DC;
8719    }
8720  };
8721  
8722  /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
8723  class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
8724    Sema &Actions;
8725  
8726  public:
8727    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8728                                     Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8729                                     Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
8730                                     bool IsDecltype = false)
Actions(Actions)8731      : Actions(Actions) {
8732      Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
8733                                              IsDecltype);
8734    }
8735    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8736                                     Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8737                                     Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
8738                                     bool IsDecltype = false)
Actions(Actions)8739      : Actions(Actions) {
8740      Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
8741                                              Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
8742                                              IsDecltype);
8743    }
8744  
~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext()8745    ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8746      Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8747    }
8748  };
8749  
8750  DeductionFailureInfo
8751  MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8752                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8753  
8754  /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8755  /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8756  struct LateParsedTemplate {
8757    CachedTokens Toks;
8758    /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8759    Decl *D;
8760  };
8761  
8762  } // end namespace clang
8763  
8764  #endif
8765